File name: | storagewmi.dll.mui |
Size: | 445952 byte |
MD5: | aa91c6712cf5e85a3d32b71754f501cb |
SHA1: | 1d7a2eb6c524b639ca9b06f304f6912cedcec74b |
SHA256: | 2edd1a89e8ab3dcca6139ef6759429b516370f4ffb5067441d41023a5afdc9df |
Operating systems: | Windows 10 |
Extension: | MUI |
If an error occurred or the following message in Dutch language and you cannot find a solution, than check answer in English. Table below helps to know how correctly this phrase sounds in English.
id | Dutch | English |
---|---|---|
1 | ObjectId is a mandatory property that is used to opaquely and uniquely identify an instance of a class. ObjectIds must be unique within the scope of the management server (which is hosting the provider). The ObjectId is created and maintained for use of the Storage Management Providers and their clients to track instances of objects. If an object is visible through two different paths (for example: there are two separate Storage Management Providers that point to the same storage subsystem) then the same object may appear with two different ObjectIds. For determining if two object instances are the same object, refer to the UniqueId property. | ObjectId is a mandatory property that is used to opaquely and uniquely identify an instance of a class. ObjectIds must be unique within the scope of the management server (which is hosting the provider). The ObjectId is created and maintained for use of the Storage Management Providers and their clients to track instances of objects. If an object is visible through two different paths (for example: there are two separate Storage Management Providers that point to the same storage subsystem) then the same object may appear with two different ObjectIds. For determining if two object instances are the same object, refer to the UniqueId property. |
2 | UniqueId is a mandatory property that is used to uniquely identify a logical instance of a storage subsystem's object. This value must be the same for an object viewed by two or more provider instances (even if they are running on seperate management servers). UniqueId can be any globally unique, opaque value unless otherwise specified by a derived class. | UniqueId is a mandatory property that is used to uniquely identify a logical instance of a storage subsystem's object. This value must be the same for an object viewed by two or more provider instances (even if they are running on seperate management servers). UniqueId can be any globally unique, opaque value unless otherwise specified by a derived class. |
4 | PassThroughServer is the name or address of the computer system hosting the proprietary storage provider classes. | PassThroughServer is the name or address of the computer system hosting the proprietary storage provider classes. |
5 | PassThroughNamespace is the WBEM namespace that contains the proprietary storage provider classes. | PassThroughNamespace is the WBEM namespace that contains the proprietary storage provider classes. |
6 | PassThroughClass is the WBEM class name of the proprietary storage provider object. | PassThroughClass is the WBEM class name of the proprietary storage provider object. |
7 | 1.0 | 1.0 |
8 | Common base class for all Storage Management Provider objects | Common base class for all Storage Management Provider objects |
9 | Primary classification of the error. The following values are defined: 2 - Communications Error. Errors of this type are principally associated with the procedures and/or processes required to convey information from one point to another. 3 - Quality of Service Error. Errors of this type are principally associated with failures that result in reduced functionality or performance. 4 - Software Error. Error of this type are principally associated with a software or processing fault. 5 - Hardware Error. Errors of this type are principally associated with an equipment or hardware failure. 6 - Environmental Error. Errors of this type are principally associated with a failure condition relating the to facility, or other environmental considerations. 7 - Security Error. Errors of this type are associated with security violations, detection of viruses, and similar issues. 8 - Oversubscription Error. Errors of this type are principally associated with the failure to allocate sufficient resources to complete the operation. 9 - Unavailable Resource Error. Errors of this type are principally associated with the failure to access a required resource. 10 -Unsupported Operation Error. Errors of this type are principally associated with requests that are not supported. |
Primary classification of the error. The following values are defined: 2 - Communications Error. Errors of this type are principally associated with the procedures and/or processes required to convey information from one point to another. 3 - Quality of Service Error. Errors of this type are principally associated with failures that result in reduced functionality or performance. 4 - Software Error. Error of this type are principally associated with a software or processing fault. 5 - Hardware Error. Errors of this type are principally associated with an equipment or hardware failure. 6 - Environmental Error. Errors of this type are principally associated with a failure condition relating the to facility, or other environmental considerations. 7 - Security Error. Errors of this type are associated with security violations, detection of viruses, and similar issues. 8 - Oversubscription Error. Errors of this type are principally associated with the failure to allocate sufficient resources to complete the operation. 9 - Unavailable Resource Error. Errors of this type are principally associated with the failure to access a required resource. 10 -Unsupported Operation Error. Errors of this type are principally associated with requests that are not supported. |
10 | Unknown | Unknown |
11 | Other | Other |
12 | Communications Error | Communications Error |
13 | Quality of Service Error | Quality of Service Error |
14 | Software Error | Software Error |
15 | Hardware Error | Hardware Error |
16 | Environmental Error | Environmental Error |
17 | Security Error | Security Error |
18 | Oversubscription Error | Oversubscription Error |
19 | Unavailable Resource Error | Unavailable Resource Error |
20 | Unsupported Operation Error | Unsupported Operation Error |
21 | DMTF Reserved | DMTF Reserved |
22 | A free-form string describing the ErrorType when 1, "Other", is specified as the ErrorType. | A free-form string describing the ErrorType when 1, "Other", is specified as the ErrorType. |
24 | An opaque string that uniquely identifies, within the scope of the OwningEntity, the format of the Message. | An opaque string that uniquely identifies, within the scope of the OwningEntity, the format of the Message. |
25 | The formatted message. This message is constructed by combining some or all of the dynamic elements specified in the MessageArguments property with the static elements uniquely identified by the MessageID in a message registry or other catalog associated with the OwningEntity. | The formatted message. This message is constructed by combining some or all of the dynamic elements specified in the MessageArguments property with the static elements uniquely identified by the MessageID in a message registry or other catalog associated with the OwningEntity. |
26 | An array containing the dynamic content of the message. | An array containing the dynamic content of the message. |
27 | An enumerated value that describes the severity of the Indication from the notifier\'s point of view: 0 - the Perceived Severity of the indication is unknown or indeterminate. 1 - Other, by CIM convention, is used to indicate that the Severity\'s value can be found in the OtherSeverity property. 2 - Information should be used when providing an informative response. 3 - Degraded/Warning should be used when its appropriate to let the user decide if action is needed. 4 - Minor should be used to indicate action is needed, but the situation is not serious at this time. 5 - Major should be used to indicate action is needed NOW. 6 - Critical should be used to indicate action is needed NOW and the scope is broad (perhaps an imminent outage to a critical resource will result). 7 - Fatal/NonRecoverable should be used to indicate an error occurred, but it\'s too late to take remedial action. 2 and 0 - Information and Unknown (respectively) follow common usage. Literally, the Error is purely informational or its severity is simply unknown. |
An enumerated value that describes the severity of the Indication from the notifier\'s point of view: 0 - the Perceived Severity of the indication is unknown or indeterminate. 1 - Other, by CIM convention, is used to indicate that the Severity\'s value can be found in the OtherSeverity property. 2 - Information should be used when providing an informative response. 3 - Degraded/Warning should be used when its appropriate to let the user decide if action is needed. 4 - Minor should be used to indicate action is needed, but the situation is not serious at this time. 5 - Major should be used to indicate action is needed NOW. 6 - Critical should be used to indicate action is needed NOW and the scope is broad (perhaps an imminent outage to a critical resource will result). 7 - Fatal/NonRecoverable should be used to indicate an error occurred, but it\'s too late to take remedial action. 2 and 0 - Information and Unknown (respectively) follow common usage. Literally, the Error is purely informational or its severity is simply unknown. |
28 | Information | Information |
29 | Degraded/Warning | Degraded/Warning |
30 | Minor | Minor |
31 | Major | Major |
32 | Critical | Critical |
33 | Fatal/NonRecoverable | Fatal/NonRecoverable |
34 | An enumerated value that describes the probable cause of the error. | An enumerated value that describes the probable cause of the error. |
35 | Adapter/Card Error | Adapter/Card Error |
36 | Application Subsystem Failure | Application Subsystem Failure |
37 | Bandwidth Reduced | Bandwidth Reduced |
38 | Connection Establishment Error | Connection Establishment Error |
39 | Communications Protocol Error | Communications Protocol Error |
40 | Communications Subsystem Failure | Communications Subsystem Failure |
41 | Configuration/Customization Error | Configuration/Customization Error |
42 | Congestion | Congestion |
43 | Corrupt Data | Corrupt Data |
44 | CPU Cycles Limit Exceeded | CPU Cycles Limit Exceeded |
45 | Dataset/Modem Error | Dataset/Modem Error |
46 | Degraded Signal | Degraded Signal |
47 | DTE-DCE Interface Error | DTE-DCE Interface Error |
48 | Enclosure Door Open | Enclosure Door Open |
49 | Equipment Malfunction | Equipment Malfunction |
50 | Excessive Vibration | Excessive Vibration |
51 | File Format Error | File Format Error |
52 | Fire Detected | Fire Detected |
53 | Flood Detected | Flood Detected |
54 | Framing Error | Framing Error |
55 | HVAC Problem | HVAC Problem |
56 | Humidity Unacceptable | Humidity Unacceptable |
57 | I/O Device Error | I/O Device Error |
58 | Input Device Error | Input Device Error |
59 | LAN Error | LAN Error |
60 | Non-Toxic Leak Detected | Non-Toxic Leak Detected |
61 | Local Node Transmission Error | Local Node Transmission Error |
62 | Loss of Frame | Loss of Frame |
63 | Loss of Signal | Loss of Signal |
64 | Material Supply Exhausted | Material Supply Exhausted |
65 | Multiplexer Problem | Multiplexer Problem |
66 | Out of Memory | Out of Memory |
67 | Output Device Error | Output Device Error |
68 | Performance Degraded | Performance Degraded |
69 | Power Problem | Power Problem |
70 | Pressure Unacceptable | Pressure Unacceptable |
71 | Processor Problem (Internal Machine Error) | Processor Problem (Internal Machine Error) |
72 | Pump Failure | Pump Failure |
73 | Queue Size Exceeded | Queue Size Exceeded |
74 | Receive Failure | Receive Failure |
75 | Receiver Failure | Receiver Failure |
76 | Remote Node Transmission Error | Remote Node Transmission Error |
77 | Resource at or Nearing Capacity | Resource at or Nearing Capacity |
78 | Response Time Excessive | Response Time Excessive |
79 | Retransmission Rate Excessive | Retransmission Rate Excessive |
80 | Software Program Abnormally Terminated | Software Program Abnormally Terminated |
81 | Software Program Error (Incorrect Results) | Software Program Error (Incorrect Results) |
82 | Storage Capacity Problem | Storage Capacity Problem |
83 | Temperature Unacceptable | Temperature Unacceptable |
84 | Threshold Crossed | Threshold Crossed |
85 | Timing Problem | Timing Problem |
86 | Toxic Leak Detected | Toxic Leak Detected |
87 | Transmit Failure | Transmit Failure |
88 | Transmitter Failure | Transmitter Failure |
89 | Underlying Resource Unavailable | Underlying Resource Unavailable |
90 | Version Mismatch | Version Mismatch |
91 | Previous Alert Cleared | Previous Alert Cleared |
92 | Login Attempts Failed | Login Attempts Failed |
93 | Software Virus Detected | Software Virus Detected |
94 | Hardware Security Breached | Hardware Security Breached |
95 | Denial of Service Detected | Denial of Service Detected |
96 | Security Credential Mismatch | Security Credential Mismatch |
97 | Unauthorized Access | Unauthorized Access |
98 | Alarm Received | Alarm Received |
99 | Loss of Pointer | Loss of Pointer |
100 | Payload Mismatch | Payload Mismatch |
101 | Transmission Error | Transmission Error |
102 | Excessive Error Rate | Excessive Error Rate |
103 | Trace Problem | Trace Problem |
104 | Element Unavailable | Element Unavailable |
105 | Element Missing | Element Missing |
106 | Loss of Multi Frame | Loss of Multi Frame |
107 | Broadcast Channel Failure | Broadcast Channel Failure |
108 | Invalid Message Received | Invalid Message Received |
109 | Routing Failure | Routing Failure |
110 | Backplane Failure | Backplane Failure |
111 | Identifier Duplication | Identifier Duplication |
112 | Protection Path Failure | Protection Path Failure |
113 | Sync Loss or Mismatch | Sync Loss or Mismatch |
114 | Terminal Problem | Terminal Problem |
115 | Real Time Clock Failure | Real Time Clock Failure |
116 | Antenna Failure | Antenna Failure |
117 | Battery Charging Failure | Battery Charging Failure |
118 | Disk Failure | Disk Failure |
119 | Frequency Hopping Failure | Frequency Hopping Failure |
120 | Loss of Redundancy | Loss of Redundancy |
121 | Power Supply Failure | Power Supply Failure |
122 | Signal Quality Problem | Signal Quality Problem |
123 | Battery Discharging | Battery Discharging |
124 | Battery Failure | Battery Failure |
125 | Commercial Power Problem | Commercial Power Problem |
126 | Fan Failure | Fan Failure |
127 | Engine Failure | Engine Failure |
128 | Sensor Failure | Sensor Failure |
129 | Fuse Failure | Fuse Failure |
130 | Generator Failure | Generator Failure |
131 | Low Battery | Low Battery |
132 | Low Fuel | Low Fuel |
133 | Low Water | Low Water |
134 | Explosive Gas | Explosive Gas |
135 | High Winds | High Winds |
136 | Ice Buildup | Ice Buildup |
137 | Smoke | Smoke |
138 | Memory Mismatch | Memory Mismatch |
139 | Out of CPU Cycles | Out of CPU Cycles |
140 | Software Environment Problem | Software Environment Problem |
141 | Software Download Failure | Software Download Failure |
142 | Element Reinitialized | Element Reinitialized |
143 | Timeout | Timeout |
144 | Logging Problems | Logging Problems |
145 | Leak Detected | Leak Detected |
146 | Protection Mechanism Failure | Protection Mechanism Failure |
147 | Protecting Resource Failure | Protecting Resource Failure |
148 | Database Inconsistency | Database Inconsistency |
149 | Authentication Failure | Authentication Failure |
150 | Breach of Confidentiality | Breach of Confidentiality |
151 | Cable Tamper | Cable Tamper |
152 | Delayed Information | Delayed Information |
153 | Duplicate Information | Duplicate Information |
154 | Information Missing | Information Missing |
155 | Information Modification | Information Modification |
156 | Information Out of Sequence | Information Out of Sequence |
157 | Key Expired | Key Expired |
158 | Non-Repudiation Failure | Non-Repudiation Failure |
159 | Out of Hours Activity | Out of Hours Activity |
160 | Out of Service | Out of Service |
161 | Procedural Error | Procedural Error |
162 | Unexpected Information | Unexpected Information |
163 | A free-form string describing the probable cause of the error. | A free-form string describing the probable cause of the error. |
164 | A free-form string describing recommended actions to take to resolve the error. | A free-form string describing recommended actions to take to resolve the error. |
165 | The identifying information of the entity (i.e., the instance) generating the error. If this entity is modeled in the CIM Schema, this property contains the path of the instance encoded as a string parameter. If not modeled, the property contains some identifying string that names the entity that generated the error. The path or identifying string is formatted per the ErrorSourceFormat property. | The identifying information of the entity (i.e., the instance) generating the error. If this entity is modeled in the CIM Schema, this property contains the path of the instance encoded as a string parameter. If not modeled, the property contains some identifying string that names the entity that generated the error. The path or identifying string is formatted per the ErrorSourceFormat property. |
166 | The format of the ErrorSource property is interpretable based on the value of this property. Values are defined as: 0 - Unknown. The format is unknown or not meaningfully interpretable by a CIM client application. 1 - Other. The format is defined by the value of the OtherErrorSourceFormat property.2 - CIMObjectPath. A CIM Object Path as defined in the CIM Infrastructure specification. Note: CIM 2.5 and earlier used the term object names. |
The format of the ErrorSource property is interpretable based on the value of this property. Values are defined as: 0 - Unknown. The format is unknown or not meaningfully interpretable by a CIM client application. 1 - Other. The format is defined by the value of the OtherErrorSourceFormat property.2 - CIMObjectPath. A CIM Object Path as defined in the CIM Infrastructure specification. Note: CIM 2.5 and earlier used the term object names. |
167 | CIMObjectPath | CIMObjectPath |
168 | A string defining "Other" values for ErrorSourceFormat. This value MUST be set to a non NULL value when ErrorSourceFormat is set to a value of 1 ("Other"). For all other values of ErrorSourceFormat, the value of this string must be set to NULL. | A string defining "Other" values for ErrorSourceFormat. This value MUST be set to a non NULL value when ErrorSourceFormat is set to a value of 1 ("Other"). For all other values of ErrorSourceFormat, the value of this string must be set to NULL. |
169 | The CIM status code that characterizes this instance. This property defines the status codes that MAY be return by a conforming CIM Server or Listener. Note that not all status codes are valid for each operation. The specification for each operation SHOULD define the status codes that may be returned by that operation. The following values for CIM status code are defined: 1 - CIM_ERR_FAILED. A general error occurred that is not covered by a more specific error code. 2 - CIM_ERR_ACCESS_DENIED. Access to a CIM resource was not available to the client. 3 - CIM_ERR_INVALID_NAMESPACE. The target namespace does not exist. 4 - CIM_ERR_INVALID_PARAMETER. One or more parameter values passed to the method were invalid. 5 - CIM_ERR_INVALID_CLASS. The specified Class does not exist. 6 - CIM_ERR_NOT_FOUND. The requested object could not be found. 7 - CIM_ERR_NOT_SUPPORTED. The requested operation is not supported. 8 - CIM_ERR_CLASS_HAS_CHILDREN. Operation cannot be carried out on this class since it has instances. 9 - CIM_ERR_CLASS_HAS_INSTANCES. Operation cannot be carried out on this class since it has instances. 10 - CIM_ERR_INVALID_SUPERCLASS. Operation cannot be carried out since the specified superclass does not exist. 11 - CIM_ERR_ALREADY_EXISTS. Operation cannot be carried out because an object already exists. 12 - CIM_ERR_NO_SUCH_PROPERTY. The specified Property does not exist. 13 - CIM_ERR_TYPE_MISMATCH. The value supplied is incompatible with the type. 14 - CIM_ERR_QUERY_LANGUAGE_NOT_SUPPORTED. The query language is not recognized or supported. 15 - CIM_ERR_INVALID_QUERY. The query is not valid for the specified query language. 16 - CIM_ERR_METHOD_NOT_AVAILABLE. The extrinsic Method could not be executed. 17 - CIM_ERR_METHOD_NOT_FOUND. The specified extrinsic Method does not exist. 18 - CIM_ERR_UNEXPECTED_RESPONSE. The returned response to the asynchronous operation was not expected. 19 - CIM_ERR_INVALID_RESPONSE_DESTINATION. The specified destination for the asynchronous response is not valid. 20 - CIM_ERR_NAMESPACE_NOT_EMPTY. The specified Namespace is not empty. 21 - CIM_ERR_INVALID_ENUMERATION_CONTEXT. The enumeration context supplied is not valid. 22 - CIM_ERR_INVALID_OPERATION_TIMEOUT. The specified Namespace is not empty. 23 - CIM_ERR_PULL_HAS_BEEN_ABANDONED. The specified Namespace is not empty. 24 - CIM_ERR_PULL_CANNOT_BE_ABANDONED. The attempt to abandon a pull operation has failed. 25 - CIM_ERR_FILTERED_ENUMERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED. Filtered Enumeratrions are not supported. 26 - CIM_ERR_CONTINUATION_ON_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED. Continue on error is not supported. 27 - CIM_ERR_SERVER_LIMITS_EXCEEDED. The WBEM Server limits have been exceeded (e.g. memory, connections, ...). 28 - CIM_ERR_SERVER_IS_SHUTTING_DOWN. The WBEM Server is shutting down. 29 - CIM_ERR_QUERY_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED. The specified Query Feature is not supported. |
The CIM status code that characterizes this instance. This property defines the status codes that MAY be return by a conforming CIM Server or Listener. Note that not all status codes are valid for each operation. The specification for each operation SHOULD define the status codes that may be returned by that operation. The following values for CIM status code are defined: 1 - CIM_ERR_FAILED. A general error occurred that is not covered by a more specific error code. 2 - CIM_ERR_ACCESS_DENIED. Access to a CIM resource was not available to the client. 3 - CIM_ERR_INVALID_NAMESPACE. The target namespace does not exist. 4 - CIM_ERR_INVALID_PARAMETER. One or more parameter values passed to the method were invalid. 5 - CIM_ERR_INVALID_CLASS. The specified Class does not exist. 6 - CIM_ERR_NOT_FOUND. The requested object could not be found. 7 - CIM_ERR_NOT_SUPPORTED. The requested operation is not supported. 8 - CIM_ERR_CLASS_HAS_CHILDREN. Operation cannot be carried out on this class since it has instances. 9 - CIM_ERR_CLASS_HAS_INSTANCES. Operation cannot be carried out on this class since it has instances. 10 - CIM_ERR_INVALID_SUPERCLASS. Operation cannot be carried out since the specified superclass does not exist. 11 - CIM_ERR_ALREADY_EXISTS. Operation cannot be carried out because an object already exists. 12 - CIM_ERR_NO_SUCH_PROPERTY. The specified Property does not exist. 13 - CIM_ERR_TYPE_MISMATCH. The value supplied is incompatible with the type. 14 - CIM_ERR_QUERY_LANGUAGE_NOT_SUPPORTED. The query language is not recognized or supported. 15 - CIM_ERR_INVALID_QUERY. The query is not valid for the specified query language. 16 - CIM_ERR_METHOD_NOT_AVAILABLE. The extrinsic Method could not be executed. 17 - CIM_ERR_METHOD_NOT_FOUND. The specified extrinsic Method does not exist. 18 - CIM_ERR_UNEXPECTED_RESPONSE. The returned response to the asynchronous operation was not expected. 19 - CIM_ERR_INVALID_RESPONSE_DESTINATION. The specified destination for the asynchronous response is not valid. 20 - CIM_ERR_NAMESPACE_NOT_EMPTY. The specified Namespace is not empty. 21 - CIM_ERR_INVALID_ENUMERATION_CONTEXT. The enumeration context supplied is not valid. 22 - CIM_ERR_INVALID_OPERATION_TIMEOUT. The specified Namespace is not empty. 23 - CIM_ERR_PULL_HAS_BEEN_ABANDONED. The specified Namespace is not empty. 24 - CIM_ERR_PULL_CANNOT_BE_ABANDONED. The attempt to abandon a pull operation has failed. 25 - CIM_ERR_FILTERED_ENUMERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED. Filtered Enumeratrions are not supported. 26 - CIM_ERR_CONTINUATION_ON_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED. Continue on error is not supported. 27 - CIM_ERR_SERVER_LIMITS_EXCEEDED. The WBEM Server limits have been exceeded (e.g. memory, connections, ...). 28 - CIM_ERR_SERVER_IS_SHUTTING_DOWN. The WBEM Server is shutting down. 29 - CIM_ERR_QUERY_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED. The specified Query Feature is not supported. |
170 | CIM_ERR_FAILED | CIM_ERR_FAILED |
171 | CIM_ERR_ACCESS_DENIED | CIM_ERR_ACCESS_DENIED |
172 | CIM_ERR_INVALID_NAMESPACE | CIM_ERR_INVALID_NAMESPACE |
173 | CIM_ERR_INVALID_PARAMETER | CIM_ERR_INVALID_PARAMETER |
174 | CIM_ERR_INVALID_CLASS | CIM_ERR_INVALID_CLASS |
175 | CIM_ERR_NOT_FOUND | CIM_ERR_NOT_FOUND |
176 | CIM_ERR_NOT_SUPPORTED | CIM_ERR_NOT_SUPPORTED |
177 | CIM_ERR_CLASS_HAS_CHILDREN | CIM_ERR_CLASS_HAS_CHILDREN |
178 | CIM_ERR_CLASS_HAS_INSTANCES | CIM_ERR_CLASS_HAS_INSTANCES |
179 | CIM_ERR_INVALID_SUPERCLASS | CIM_ERR_INVALID_SUPERCLASS |
180 | CIM_ERR_ALREADY_EXISTS | CIM_ERR_ALREADY_EXISTS |
181 | CIM_ERR_NO_SUCH_PROPERTY | CIM_ERR_NO_SUCH_PROPERTY |
182 | CIM_ERR_TYPE_MISMATCH | CIM_ERR_TYPE_MISMATCH |
183 | CIM_ERR_QUERY_LANGUAGE_NOT_SUPPORTED | CIM_ERR_QUERY_LANGUAGE_NOT_SUPPORTED |
184 | CIM_ERR_INVALID_QUERY | CIM_ERR_INVALID_QUERY |
185 | CIM_ERR_METHOD_NOT_AVAILABLE | CIM_ERR_METHOD_NOT_AVAILABLE |
186 | CIM_ERR_METHOD_NOT_FOUND | CIM_ERR_METHOD_NOT_FOUND |
187 | CIM_ERR_UNEXPECTED_RESPONSE | CIM_ERR_UNEXPECTED_RESPONSE |
188 | CIM_ERR_INVALID_RESPONSE_DESTINATION | CIM_ERR_INVALID_RESPONSE_DESTINATION |
189 | CIM_ERR_NAMESPACE_NOT_EMPTY | CIM_ERR_NAMESPACE_NOT_EMPTY |
190 | CIM_ERR_INVALID_ENUMERATION_CONTEXT | CIM_ERR_INVALID_ENUMERATION_CONTEXT |
191 | CIM_ERR_INVALID_OPERATION_TIMEOUT | CIM_ERR_INVALID_OPERATION_TIMEOUT |
192 | CIM_ERR_PULL_HAS_BEEN_ABANDONED | CIM_ERR_PULL_HAS_BEEN_ABANDONED |
193 | CIM_ERR_PULL_CANNOT_BE_ABANDONED | CIM_ERR_PULL_CANNOT_BE_ABANDONED |
194 | CIM_ERR_FILTERED_ENUMERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED | CIM_ERR_FILTERED_ENUMERATION_NOT_SUPPORTED |
195 | CIM_ERR_CONTINUATION_ON_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED | CIM_ERR_CONTINUATION_ON_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED |
196 | CIM_ERR_SERVER_LIMITS_EXCEEDED | CIM_ERR_SERVER_LIMITS_EXCEEDED |
197 | CIM_ERR_SERVER_IS_SHUTTING_DOWN | CIM_ERR_SERVER_IS_SHUTTING_DOWN |
198 | CIM_ERR_QUERY_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED | CIM_ERR_QUERY_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED |
199 | A free-form string containing a human-readable description of CIMStatusCode. This description MAY extend, but MUST be consistent with, the definition of CIMStatusCode. | A free-form string containing a human-readable description of CIMStatusCode. This description MAY extend, but MUST be consistent with, the definition of CIMStatusCode. |
200 | 2.22.1 | 2.22.1 |
201 | CIM_Error is a specialized class that contains information about the severity, cause, recommended actions and other data related to the failure of a CIM Operation. Instances of this type MAY be included as part of the response to a CIM Operation. | CIM_Error is a specialized class that contains information about the severity, cause, recommended actions and other data related to the failure of a CIM Operation. Instances of this type MAY be included as part of the response to a CIM Operation. |
202 | Provides extra status information about an extrinsic method's invocation | Provides extra status information about an extrinsic method's invocation |
203 | A system defined name for this storage job. | A system defined name for this storage job. |
204 | The Description property provides a textual description of the storage job operation. | The Description property provides a textual description of the storage job operation. |
205 | The time interval that the job has been executing or the total execution time if the storage job is complete. | The time interval that the job has been executing or the total execution time if the storage job is complete. |
206 | If the operation that this storage job was tracking has failed, the provider will set this with an error code defined by the method that invoked the operation. If this job tracked a background task, the error code can be set to any valid Storage Management error code as defined in the value map below. If there was no error, this property must be set to 0 - 'Success'. This property should be NULL until the operation has completed. | If the operation that this storage job was tracking has failed, the provider will set this with an error code defined by the method that invoked the operation. If this job tracked a background task, the error code can be set to any valid Storage Management error code as defined in the value map below. If there was no error, this property must be set to 0 - 'Success'. This property should be NULL until the operation has completed. |
207 | A free-form string that contains the vendor error description. | A free-form string that contains the vendor error description. |
208 | The current execution state of the storage job. | The current execution state of the storage job. |
209 | New | New |
210 | Starting | Starting |
211 | Running | Running |
212 | Suspended | Suspended |
213 | Shutting Down | Shutting Down |
214 | Completed | Completed |
215 | Terminated | Terminated |
216 | Killed | Killed |
217 | Exception | Exception |
218 | Service | Service |
219 | Query Pending | Query Pending |
220 | Microsoft Reserved | Microsoft Reserved |
221 | Vendor Reserved | Vendor Reserved |
222 | A free-form string that represents the status of the job. The primary status is reflected in the inherited OperationalStatus property. JobStatus provides additional, implementation-specific details. | A free-form string that represents the status of the job. The primary status is reflected in the inherited OperationalStatus property. JobStatus provides additional, implementation-specific details. |
223 | This property indicates whether the times represented in the StartTime, TimeOfLastStateChange, and TimeSubmitted properties represent local times or UTC times. Time values are synchronized worldwide by using the enumeration value 2 - 'UTC Time'. | This property indicates whether the times represented in the StartTime, TimeOfLastStateChange, and TimeSubmitted properties represent local times or UTC times. Time values are synchronized worldwide by using the enumeration value 2 - 'UTC Time'. |
224 | Local Time | Local Time |
225 | UTC Time | UTC Time |
226 | Indicates the current statuses of the element. | Indicates the current statuses of the element. |
227 | OK | OK |
228 | Degraded | Degraded |
229 | Stressed | Stressed |
230 | Predictive Failure | Predictive Failure |
231 | Error | Error |
232 | Non-Recoverable Error | Non-Recoverable Error |
233 | Stopping | Stopping |
234 | Stopped | Stopped |
235 | In Service | In Service |
236 | No Contact | No Contact |
237 | Lost Communication | Lost Communication |
238 | Aborted | Aborted |
239 | Dormant | Dormant |
240 | Supporting Entity in Error | Supporting Entity in Error |
241 | Power Mode | Power Mode |
242 | Relocating | Relocating |
243 | Strings describing the various OperationalStatus array values. For example, if "Stopping" is the value assigned to OperationalStatus, this property may contain an explanation as to why an object is being stopped. Note that entries in this array are correlated with those at the same array index in OperationalStatus. | Strings describing the various OperationalStatus array values. For example, if "Stopping" is the value assigned to OperationalStatus, this property may contain an explanation as to why an object is being stopped. Note that entries in this array are correlated with those at the same array index in OperationalStatus. |
244 | The percentage of the job that has completed at the time that this value is requested. | The percentage of the job that has completed at the time that this value is requested. |
245 | Percent | Percent |
246 | The time that the job was actually started. | The time that the job was actually started. |
247 | The amount of time that the Job is retained after it has finished executing, regardless of whether it failed during execution. The job must remain in existence for some period of time regardless of the value of the DeleteOnCompletion property. |
The amount of time that the Job is retained after it has finished executing, regardless of whether it failed during execution. The job must remain in existence for some period of time regardless of the value of the DeleteOnCompletion property. |
248 | The date or time when the state of the job last changed. If the state of the job has not changed and this property is populated, it must be set to a 0 interval value. If a state change was requested, but was rejected or not yet processed, the property must not be updated. | The date or time when the state of the job last changed. If the state of the job has not changed and this property is populated, it must be set to a 0 interval value. If a state change was requested, but was rejected or not yet processed, the property must not be updated. |
249 | The time that the job was submitted to execute. A value of all zeroes indicates that the owning element is not capable of reporting a date and time. | The time that the job was submitted to execute. A value of all zeroes indicates that the owning element is not capable of reporting a date and time. |
250 | If TRUE, the storage job will be automatically deleted after a short time interval. | If TRUE, the storage job will be automatically deleted after a short time interval. |
251 | If TRUE, this storage job represents an automated background task initiated by the storage subsystem. For all user / management initiated operations, this value should be set to FALSE. | If TRUE, this storage job represents an automated background task initiated by the storage subsystem. For all user / management initiated operations, this value should be set to FALSE. |
252 | Describes the recovery action to be taken for an unsuccessfully run job. The possible values are: 0 - 'Unknown' meaning it is unknown as to what recovery action to take 1 - 'Other' indicating that the recovery action will be specified in the OtherRecoveryAction property 2 - 'Do Not Continue' meaning stop the execution of the job and appropriately update its status 3 - 'Continue With Next Job' meaning continue with the next job in the queue 4 - 'Re-run Job' indicating that the job should be re-run |
Describes the recovery action to be taken for an unsuccessfully run job. The possible values are: 0 - 'Unknown' meaning it is unknown as to what recovery action to take 1 - 'Other' indicating that the recovery action will be specified in the OtherRecoveryAction property 2 - 'Do Not Continue' meaning stop the execution of the job and appropriately update its status 3 - 'Continue With Next Job' meaning continue with the next job in the queue 4 - 'Re-run Job' indicating that the job should be re-run |
253 | Do Not Continue | Do Not Continue |
254 | Continue With Next Job | Continue With Next Job |
255 | Re-run Job | Re-run Job |
256 | Denotes a vendor-specific recovery action to be taken for an unsuccessfully run job. This value should only be set if RecoveryAction is set to 1 - 'Other'. | Denotes a vendor-specific recovery action to be taken for an unsuccessfully run job. This value should only be set if RecoveryAction is set to 1 - 'Other'. |
257 | Requests that the state of the job be changed to the value specified in the RequestedState parameter. Invoking the RequestStateChange method multiple times could result in earlier requests being overwritten or lost. | Requests that the state of the job be changed to the value specified in the RequestedState parameter. Invoking the RequestStateChange method multiple times could result in earlier requests being overwritten or lost. |
258 | Success | Success |
259 | Not Supported | Not Supported |
260 | Unspecified Error | Unspecified Error |
261 | Failed | Failed |
262 | Invalid Parameter | Invalid Parameter |
263 | State transition started | State transition started |
264 | Invalid state transition | Invalid state transition |
265 | Access denied | Access denied |
266 | There are not enough resources to complete the operation. | There are not enough resources to complete the operation. |
267 | Cannot connect to the storage provider. | Cannot connect to the storage provider. |
268 | The storage provider cannot connect to the storage subsystem. | The storage provider cannot connect to the storage subsystem. |
269 | RequestStateChange changes the state of a job. The possible values are as follows: 2 - 'Start' changes the state to 'Running'. 3 - 'Suspend' stops the job temporarily. The intention is to subsequently restart the job with a second call to RequestStateChange requesting 1 - 'Start'. It might be possible to enter the 'Service' state while suspended. (This is job-specific.) 4 - 'Terminate' stops the job cleanly, saving data, preserving the state, and shutting down all underlying processes in an orderly manner. 5 - 'Kill' terminates the job immediately with no requirement to save data or preserve the state. 6 - 'Service' puts the job into a vendor-specific service state. It might be possible to restart the job. |
RequestStateChange changes the state of a job. The possible values are as follows: 2 - 'Start' changes the state to 'Running'. 3 - 'Suspend' stops the job temporarily. The intention is to subsequently restart the job with a second call to RequestStateChange requesting 1 - 'Start'. It might be possible to enter the 'Service' state while suspended. (This is job-specific.) 4 - 'Terminate' stops the job cleanly, saving data, preserving the state, and shutting down all underlying processes in an orderly manner. 5 - 'Kill' terminates the job immediately with no requirement to save data or preserve the state. 6 - 'Service' puts the job into a vendor-specific service state. It might be possible to restart the job. |
270 | Start | Start |
271 | Suspend | Suspend |
272 | Terminate | Terminate |
273 | Kill | Kill |
274 | This method retrieves the extended status information for an unsuccessful job. | This method retrieves the extended status information for an unsuccessful job. |
275 | Storage jobs represent long running operations on a storage subsystem. These operations can either be user-initiated through the various management interfaces defined by this MOF, or automatically by intelligent storage subsystems. | Storage jobs represent long running operations on a storage subsystem. These operations can either be user-initiated through the various management interfaces defined by this MOF, or automatically by intelligent storage subsystems. |
276 | DeviceId is an address or other identifier that uniquely names the physical disk. | DeviceId is an address or other identifier that uniquely names the physical disk. |
278 | This field describes the intended usage of this physical disk within a concrete pool. Storage pools are required to follow the assigned policy for a physical disk. 1 - 'Auto-Select': This physical disk should only be used for data storage. 2 - 'Manual-Select': This physical disk should only be used if manually selected by an administrator at the time of virtual disk creation. A manual-select disk is selected using the PhysicalDisksToUse parameter to CreateVirtualDisk. 3 - 'Hot Spare': This physical disk should be used as a hot spare. 4 - 'Retired': This physical disk should be retired from use. At a minimum, no new allocations should go to this disk. If the virtual disks that reside on this disk are repaired, the data should be moved to another active physical disk. |
This field describes the intended usage of this physical disk within a concrete pool. Storage pools are required to follow the assigned policy for a physical disk. 1 - 'Auto-Select': This physical disk should only be used for data storage. 2 - 'Manual-Select': This physical disk should only be used if manually selected by an administrator at the time of virtual disk creation. A manual-select disk is selected using the PhysicalDisksToUse parameter to CreateVirtualDisk. 3 - 'Hot Spare': This physical disk should be used as a hot spare. 4 - 'Retired': This physical disk should be retired from use. At a minimum, no new allocations should go to this disk. If the virtual disks that reside on this disk are repaired, the data should be moved to another active physical disk. |
279 | Auto-Select | Auto-Select |
280 | Manual-Select | Manual-Select |
281 | Hot Spare | Hot Spare |
282 | Retired | Retired |
283 | Journal | Journal |
284 | This field describes the supported usages of this physical disk. | This field describes the supported usages of this physical disk. |
289 | This field is a string representation of the physical disk's part number or SKU. | This field is a string representation of the physical disk's part number or SKU. |
290 | This field is a string representation of the physical disk's firmware version. | This field is a string representation of the physical disk's firmware version. |
291 | This field is a string representation of the physical disk's software version. | This field is a string representation of the physical disk's software version. |
293 | Failed Media | Failed Media |
294 | Split | Split |
295 | Stale Metadata | Stale Metadata |
296 | IO Error | IO Error |
297 | Unrecognized Metadata | Unrecognized Metadata |
298 | Healthy | Healthy |
299 | Warning | Warning |
300 | Unhealthy | Unhealthy |
301 | Indicates the total physical storage size of the disk in bytes | Indicates the total physical storage size of the disk in bytes |
302 | Bytes | Bytes |
303 | This field indicates the sum of used space on this physical disk. This should include usage from all storage pools and other data stored on the disk. | This field indicates the sum of used space on this physical disk. This should include usage from all storage pools and other data stored on the disk. |
304 | SCSI | SCSI |
305 | ATAPI | ATAPI |
306 | ATA | ATA |
307 | 1394 | 1394 |
308 | SSA | SSA |
309 | Fibre Channel | Fibre Channel |
310 | USB | USB |
311 | RAID | RAID |
312 | iSCSI | iSCSI |
313 | SAS | SAS |
314 | SATA | SATA |
315 | SD | SD |
316 | MMC | MMC |
317 | Virtual | Virtual |
318 | File Backed Virtual | File Backed Virtual |
319 | Storage Spaces | Storage Spaces |
320 | This field indicates the physical sector size of the physical disk in bytes. For example: for 4K native and 512 emulated disks, the value should be 4096. | This field indicates the physical sector size of the physical disk in bytes. For example: for 4K native and 512 emulated disks, the value should be 4096. |
321 | This field indicates the logical sector size of the physical disk in bytes. For example: a 4K native disk should report 4096, while a 512 emulated disk should report 512. | This field indicates the logical sector size of the physical disk in bytes. For example: a 4K native disk should report 4096, while a 512 emulated disk should report 512. |
322 | RPM | RPM |
323 | Indicates whether the physical disk's identification LEDs are active or not. This is typically used in maintenance operations. | Indicates whether the physical disk's identification LEDs are active or not. This is typically used in maintenance operations. |
325 | Indicates the enclosure number in which the disk physically resides | Indicates the enclosure number in which the disk physically resides |
326 | Indicates the enclosure slot number in which the disk physically resides | Indicates the enclosure slot number in which the disk physically resides |
327 | Indicates whether this physical disk can be added to a concrete pool or not | Indicates whether this physical disk can be added to a concrete pool or not |
328 | Indicates the reason why this physical disk cannot be added to a concrete pool | Indicates the reason why this physical disk cannot be added to a concrete pool |
329 | In a Pool | In a Pool |
330 | Not Healthy | Not Healthy |
331 | Removable Media | Removable Media |
332 | In Use by Cluster | In Use by Cluster |
333 | Offline | Offline |
334 | Insufficient Capacity | Insufficient Capacity |
335 | Spare Disk | Spare Disk |
336 | Reserved by subsystem | Reserved by subsystem |
337 | If CannotPoolReason contains 1 - 'Other', this field contains the string representing the vendor defined reason why this physical disk cannot be added to a concrete pool. This property must be NULL if CannotPoolReason does not contain 1 - 'Other'. | If CannotPoolReason contains 1 - 'Other', this field contains the string representing the vendor defined reason why this physical disk cannot be added to a concrete pool. This property must be NULL if CannotPoolReason does not contain 1 - 'Other'. |
339 | Media type of this physical disk | Media type of this physical disk |
340 | HDD | HDD |
341 | SSD | SSD |
342 | This method allows a user to perform certain maintenance tasks on the physical disk. | This method allows a user to perform certain maintenance tasks on the physical disk. |
343 | The storage pool could not complete the operation because its health or operational status does not permit it. | The storage pool could not complete the operation because its health or operational status does not permit it. |
344 | The storage pool could not complete the operation because its configuration is read-only. | The storage pool could not complete the operation because its configuration is read-only. |
345 | If set to TRUE, this instructs the physical disk to enable its indication LED. The indication LED should remain enabled until a second call to Maintenance is made with this parameter specified as FALSE. | If set to TRUE, this instructs the physical disk to enable its indication LED. The indication LED should remain enabled until a second call to Maintenance is made with this parameter specified as FALSE. |
346 | ExtendedStatus allows the storage provider to return extended (implementation specific) error information. | ExtendedStatus allows the storage provider to return extended (implementation specific) error information. |
347 | This method resets the health and operational status of the physical disk. Exact behavior of this method is dependent on whether this physical disk belongs to a concrete pool. If it is a member of a concrete pool, the health and operational statuses should be reset to 1 - 'Healthy', and 1 - 'OK', respectively. If any additional errors are detected after Reset, the health and operational statuses should reflect these new errors. If the physical disk is not a member of a concrete pool, then this method should not only reset the health and operational statuses, but it should return the disk into a state where it is usable as storage for a concrete pool. For example: If a physical disk had become missing and then has reappeared (after it has been replaced) this physical disk is expected to be in the primordial pool only with an operational status indicating its data is either split or unrecognized. Calling Reset should clear the physical disk of any data, remove any remaining ties to its former concrete pool, and return the disk to a healthy, usable state. |
This method resets the health and operational status of the physical disk. Exact behavior of this method is dependent on whether this physical disk belongs to a concrete pool. If it is a member of a concrete pool, the health and operational statuses should be reset to 1 - 'Healthy', and 1 - 'OK', respectively. If any additional errors are detected after Reset, the health and operational statuses should reflect these new errors. If the physical disk is not a member of a concrete pool, then this method should not only reset the health and operational statuses, but it should return the disk into a state where it is usable as storage for a concrete pool. For example: If a physical disk had become missing and then has reappeared (after it has been replaced) this physical disk is expected to be in the primordial pool only with an operational status indicating its data is either split or unrecognized. Calling Reset should clear the physical disk of any data, remove any remaining ties to its former concrete pool, and return the disk to a healthy, usable state. |
348 | This method allows the physical disk to be renamed. | This method allows the physical disk to be renamed. |
349 | This method allows the physical disk's description to be changed. | This method allows the physical disk's description to be changed. |
350 | This method allows the physical disk's usage to be updated. | This method allows the physical disk's usage to be updated. |
351 | This method allows the physical disk's attributes to be updated. | This method allows the physical disk's attributes to be updated. |
352 | A subsystem drive or spindle. | A subsystem drive or spindle. |
354 | Media type of this storage tier | Media type of this storage tier |
355 | Unspecified | Unspecified |
357 | A user settable description of the storage tier | A user settable description of the storage tier |
359 | This parameter controls the asynchronous behavior the method will follow. If TRUE, this method will make use of the CreatedStorageJob out parameter when the request is taking a long time to service. If a storage job has been created to track the operation, this method will return 4096 - 'Method Parameters Checked - Job Started'. Note, even if RunAsJob is TRUE, the method can still return a result if it has finished in sufficient time. If FALSE or NULL, this method will follow default WMI asynchronous behavior as determined by the client's method for invocation (i.e. synchronous unless requested otherwise). |
This parameter controls the asynchronous behavior the method will follow. If TRUE, this method will make use of the CreatedStorageJob out parameter when the request is taking a long time to service. If a storage job has been created to track the operation, this method will return 4096 - 'Method Parameters Checked - Job Started'. Note, even if RunAsJob is TRUE, the method can still return a result if it has finished in sufficient time. If FALSE or NULL, this method will follow default WMI asynchronous behavior as determined by the client's method for invocation (i.e. synchronous unless requested otherwise). |
360 | If RunAsJob is set to TRUE and this method takes a while to execute, this parameter returns a reference to the storage job used to track the long running operation. | If RunAsJob is set to TRUE and this method takes a while to execute, this parameter returns a reference to the storage job used to track the long running operation. |
362 | Not enough available capacity | Not enough available capacity |
363 | This method allows the storage tier to be renamed. | This method allows the storage tier to be renamed. |
364 | This method allows the user to update or set various attributes on the storage tier. Note that not all parameters must be specified, and only those given will be updated. | This method allows the user to update or set various attributes on the storage tier. Note that not all parameters must be specified, and only those given will be updated. |
365 | This method allows the storage tier's description to be changed. | This method allows the storage tier's description to be changed. |
366 | This method returns the supported sizes for a new storage tier. These sizes can either be returned in an array of all supported sizes, through a min, max, and divisor, or both. | This method returns the supported sizes for a new storage tier. These sizes can either be returned in an array of all supported sizes, through a min, max, and divisor, or both. |
367 | Cache out of date | Cache out of date |
370 | This parameter denotes the minimum supported size that a tier created in this pool can be. | This parameter denotes the minimum supported size that a tier created in this pool can be. |
371 | This parameter denotes the maximum supported size that a tier created in this pool can be. | This parameter denotes the maximum supported size that a tier created in this pool can be. |
372 | This parameter indicates the interval in which the supported sizes increment. For example: If the minimum supported size is 10 GB, and this parameter is 2 GB, then the supported sizes for this pool would be 10 GB, 12 GB, 14 GB, etc. until the maximum supported size is reached. | This parameter indicates the interval in which the supported sizes increment. For example: If the minimum supported size is 10 GB, and this parameter is 2 GB, then the supported sizes for this pool would be 10 GB, 12 GB, 14 GB, etc. until the maximum supported size is reached. |
373 | A storage tier. | A storage tier. |
375 | Name is a semi-unique (scoped to the owning storage subsystem), human-readable string used to identify the virtual disk. | Name is a semi-unique (scoped to the owning storage subsystem), human-readable string used to identify the virtual disk. |
376 | VPD83NAA6 | VPD83NAA6 |
377 | VPD83NAA5 | VPD83NAA5 |
378 | VPD83Type2 | VPD83Type2 |
379 | VPD83Type1 | VPD83Type1 |
380 | VPD83Type0 | VPD83Type0 |
381 | SNVM | SNVM |
382 | NodeWWN | NodeWWN |
383 | NAA | NAA |
384 | EUI64 | EUI64 |
385 | T10VID | T10VID |
386 | UniqueIdFormat indicates the type of identifier used in the UniqueId field. The identifier used in UniqueId must be the highest available identifier using the following order of preference: 8 (highest), 3, 2, 1, 0 (lowest). For example: if the virtual disk device exposes identifiers of type 0, 1, and 3, UniqueId must be the identifier of type 3, and UniqueIdFormat should be set to 3. | UniqueIdFormat indicates the type of identifier used in the UniqueId field. The identifier used in UniqueId must be the highest available identifier using the following order of preference: 8 (highest), 3, 2, 1, 0 (lowest). For example: if the virtual disk device exposes identifiers of type 0, 1, and 3, UniqueId must be the identifier of type 3, and UniqueIdFormat should be set to 3. |
387 | Vendor Specific | Vendor Specific |
388 | Vendor Id | Vendor Id |
389 | FCPH Name | FCPH Name |
390 | SCSI Name String | SCSI Name String |
391 | Certain values for UniqueIdFormat may include various sub-formats. This field is a free-form string used to describe the specific format used in UniqueId. | Certain values for UniqueIdFormat may include various sub-formats. This field is a free-form string used to describe the specific format used in UniqueId. |
392 | This field indicates the intended usage for this virtual disk. | This field indicates the intended usage for this virtual disk. |
393 | Unrestricted | Unrestricted |
394 | Reserved for ComputerSystem (the block server) | Reserved for ComputerSystem (the block server) |
395 | Reserved by Replication Services | Reserved by Replication Services |
396 | Reserved by Migration Services | Reserved by Migration Services |
397 | Local Replica Source | Local Replica Source |
398 | Remote Replica Source | Remote Replica Source |
399 | Local Replica Target | Local Replica Target |
400 | Remote Replica Target | Remote Replica Target |
401 | Local Replica Source or Target | Local Replica Source or Target |
402 | Remote Replica Source or Target | Remote Replica Source or Target |
403 | Delta Replica Target | Delta Replica Target |
404 | Element Component | Element Component |
405 | Reserved as Pool Contributor | Reserved as Pool Contributor |
406 | Composite Volume Member | Composite Volume Member |
407 | Composite VirtualDisk Member | Composite VirtualDisk Member |
408 | Reserved for Sparing | Reserved for Sparing |
409 | If the virtual disk's Usage field is set to 1 - 'Other', this field must contain a description of the vendor or user defined usage. If Usage is not set to 1 - 'Other', this field must not be set. | If the virtual disk's Usage field is set to 1 - 'Other', this field must contain a description of the vendor or user defined usage. If Usage is not set to 1 - 'Other', this field must not be set. |
410 | Denotes the current health status of the virtual disk. Health of a virtual disk is derived from the health of the backing physical disks, and whether or not the virtual disk can maintain the required levels of resiliency. 0 - 'Healthy': All physical disks are present and in a healthy state. 1 - 'Warning': The majority of physical disks are healthy, but one or more may be failing I/O requests. 2 - 'Unhealthy': The majority of physical disks are unhealthy or in a failed state, and the virtual disk no longer has data integrity. |
Denotes the current health status of the virtual disk. Health of a virtual disk is derived from the health of the backing physical disks, and whether or not the virtual disk can maintain the required levels of resiliency. 0 - 'Healthy': All physical disks are present and in a healthy state. 1 - 'Warning': The majority of physical disks are healthy, but one or more may be failing I/O requests. 2 - 'Unhealthy': The majority of physical disks are unhealthy or in a failed state, and the virtual disk no longer has data integrity. |
412 | Detached | Detached |
413 | Incomplete | Incomplete |
414 | If OperationalStatus contains 1 - 'Other', this field contains the string representing the vendor defined operational status. This property must be NULL if OperationalStatus does not contain 1 - 'Other'. | If OperationalStatus contains 1 - 'Other', this field contains the string representing the vendor defined operational status. This property must be NULL if OperationalStatus does not contain 1 - 'Other'. |
415 | The name of the resiliency setting used to create this virtual disk. | The name of the resiliency setting used to create this virtual disk. |
416 | The logical size of the virtual disk measured in bytes | The logical size of the virtual disk measured in bytes |
417 | The currently allocated size of the virtual disk. If the virtual disk's ProvisioningType is 2 - 'Fixed', this value should equal Size. If the ProvisioningType is 1 - 'Thin', this value is the amount of space actually allocated (i.e. some value less than Size). | The currently allocated size of the virtual disk. If the virtual disk's ProvisioningType is 2 - 'Fixed', this value should equal Size. If the ProvisioningType is 1 - 'Thin', this value is the amount of space actually allocated (i.e. some value less than Size). |
418 | This field indicates the total storage pool capacity being consumed by this virtual disk. For example: in the case of a 2-way mirrored virtual disk of size 1 GB, the footprint on the pool will be approximately 2 GB. | This field indicates the total storage pool capacity being consumed by this virtual disk. For example: in the case of a 2-way mirrored virtual disk of size 1 GB, the footprint on the pool will be approximately 2 GB. |
419 | Denotes the provisioning scheme of the virtual disk. 1 - 'Thin' indicates that the virtual disk's capacity is allocated on demand. 2 - 'Fixed' indicates that the virtual disk's capacity is fully allocated upon creation. |
Denotes the provisioning scheme of the virtual disk. 1 - 'Thin' indicates that the virtual disk's capacity is allocated on demand. 2 - 'Fixed' indicates that the virtual disk's capacity is fully allocated upon creation. |
420 | Thin | Thin |
421 | Fixed | Fixed |
422 | This field indicates the number of complete data copies that are being maintained. For example, RAID 5 maintains 1 copy of data, whereas RAID 1 maintains at least 2 copies. | This field indicates the number of complete data copies that are being maintained. For example, RAID 5 maintains 1 copy of data, whereas RAID 1 maintains at least 2 copies. |
425 | Non-rotated Parity | Non-rotated Parity |
426 | Rotated Parity | Rotated Parity |
427 | This field indicates the number of underlying physical disks across which data for this virtual disk is striped. | This field indicates the number of underlying physical disks across which data for this virtual disk is striped. |
428 | This field indicates the number of bytes that will form a strip in common striping-based resiliency settings. The strip is defined as the size of the portion of a stripe that lies on one physical disk. Thus, Interleave * NumberOfColumns will yield the size of one stripe of user data. | This field indicates the number of bytes that will form a strip in common striping-based resiliency settings. The strip is defined as the size of the portion of a stripe that lies on one physical disk. Thus, Interleave * NumberOfColumns will yield the size of one stripe of user data. |
429 | Indicates whether the virtual disk is available for read and/or write access | Indicates whether the virtual disk is available for read and/or write access |
430 | Readable | Readable |
431 | Writeable | Writeable |
432 | Read/Write | Read/Write |
433 | Write Once | Write Once |
434 | Indicates whether this virtual disk is a snapshot of another virtual disk | Indicates whether this virtual disk is a snapshot of another virtual disk |
435 | If TRUE, this virtual disk will only be attached to the system if an explicit call is made to the Attach method. Note that this property is specific to Storage Spaces. | If TRUE, this virtual disk will only be attached to the system if an explicit call is made to the Attach method. Note that this property is specific to Storage Spaces. |
436 | Determines the current allocation behavior for this virtual disk. Enclosure aware virtual disks will intelligently pick the physical disks to use for their redundancy. If TRUE, the virtual disk will attempt to use physical disks from different enclosures to balance the fault tolerance between two (or more) physical enclosures. | Determines the current allocation behavior for this virtual disk. Enclosure aware virtual disks will intelligently pick the physical disks to use for their redundancy. If TRUE, the virtual disk will attempt to use physical disks from different enclosures to balance the fault tolerance between two (or more) physical enclosures. |
437 | Denotes the reason why this virtual disk is detached. This field will only be set when the virtual disk's OperationalStatus includes 0xD002 - 'Detached'. Note that this field is specific to Storage Spaces. | Denotes the reason why this virtual disk is detached. This field will only be set when the virtual disk's OperationalStatus includes 0xD002 - 'Detached'. Note that this field is specific to Storage Spaces. |
438 | None | None |
439 | By Policy | By Policy |
440 | Majority Disks Unhealthy | Majority Disks Unhealthy |
442 | This method deletes the virtual disk. After this method is called, the space used by the virtual disk will be reclaimed and the user will be unable to reverse the delete operation. | This method deletes the virtual disk. After this method is called, the space used by the virtual disk will be reclaimed and the user will be unable to reverse the delete operation. |
443 | Method Parameters Checked - Job Started | Method Parameters Checked - Job Started |
444 | The virtual disk could not complete the operation because another computer controls its configuration. | The virtual disk could not complete the operation because another computer controls its configuration. |
445 | This method shows a virtual disk to an initiator. This operation is also known as 'exposing' or 'unmasking' a virtual disk. | This method shows a virtual disk to an initiator. This operation is also known as 'exposing' or 'unmasking' a virtual disk. |
446 | The HostType requested is not supported. | The HostType requested is not supported. |
447 | The initiator address specified is not valid | The initiator address specified is not valid |
448 | The target port address specified is not valid. | The target port address specified is not valid. |
449 | An array of target port addresses from which the virtual disk should be shown | An array of target port addresses from which the virtual disk should be shown |
450 | The address of the initiator to which the virtual disk should be shown | The address of the initiator to which the virtual disk should be shown |
451 | This field indicates the operating system type running on the host of the initiator port. | This field indicates the operating system type running on the host of the initiator port. |
452 | Standard | Standard |
453 | Solaris | Solaris |
454 | HPUX | HPUX |
455 | OpenVMS | OpenVMS |
456 | Tru64 | Tru64 |
457 | Netware | Netware |
458 | Sequent | Sequent |
459 | AIX | AIX |
460 | DGUX | DGUX |
461 | Dynix | Dynix |
462 | Irix | Irix |
463 | Cisco iSCSI Storage Router | Cisco iSCSI Storage Router |
464 | Linux | Linux |
465 | Microsoft Windows | Microsoft Windows |
466 | OS400 | OS400 |
467 | TRESPASS | TRESPASS |
468 | HI-UX | HI-UX |
469 | VMware ESXi | VMware ESXi |
470 | Microsoft Windows Server 2008 | Microsoft Windows Server 2008 |
471 | Microsoft Windows Server 2003 | Microsoft Windows Server 2003 |
472 | This method hides a virtual disk from an initiator. This operation is also known as 'unexposing' or 'masking' a virtual disk. | This method hides a virtual disk from an initiator. This operation is also known as 'unexposing' or 'masking' a virtual disk. |
473 | An array of target port addresses from which the virtual disk should be hidden. Note: this array may contain a subset of the addresses originally given in Show. | An array of target port addresses from which the virtual disk should be hidden. Note: this array may contain a subset of the addresses originally given in Show. |
474 | The address of the initiator to which the virtual disk should be hidden | The address of the initiator to which the virtual disk should be hidden |
475 | This method creates a point in time snapshot of the virtual disk. | This method creates a point in time snapshot of the virtual disk. |
476 | This operation is not supported on primordial storage pools. | This operation is not supported on primordial storage pools. |
477 | The storage pool is reserved for special usage only. | The storage pool is reserved for special usage only. |
478 | The specified storage pool could not be found. | The specified storage pool could not be found. |
479 | The desired name of the snapshot virtual disk | The desired name of the snapshot virtual disk |
480 | This field indicates which storage pool should be used to hold the created snapshot. If this field is not set, this method will default to using the same storage pool that contains the source virtual disk. | This field indicates which storage pool should be used to hold the created snapshot. If this field is not set, this method will default to using the same storage pool that contains the source virtual disk. |
481 | This method creates a clone of the virtual disk, resulting in another virtual disk with identical data to the source. | This method creates a clone of the virtual disk, resulting in another virtual disk with identical data to the source. |
482 | The desired name of the virtual disk clone | The desired name of the virtual disk clone |
483 | This field indicates which storage pool should be used to hold the created clone. If this field is not set, this method will default to using the same storage pool that contains the source virtual disk. | This field indicates which storage pool should be used to hold the created clone. If this field is not set, this method will default to using the same storage pool that contains the source virtual disk. |
484 | This method allows a virtual disk to be resized. The size specified must be in the range of valid values given by the GetSupportedSize method on the storage pool object. | This method allows a virtual disk to be resized. The size specified must be in the range of valid values given by the GetSupportedSize method on the storage pool object. |
485 | In Use | In Use |
486 | Size Not Supported | Size Not Supported |
487 | The virtual disk could not complete the operation because its health or operational status does not permit it. | The virtual disk could not complete the operation because its health or operational status does not permit it. |
488 | As input, this parameter contains the requested size for the virtual disk to become. As output, this parameter contains the size that was actually achieved after the resize operation. | As input, this parameter contains the requested size for the virtual disk to become. As output, this parameter contains the size that was actually achieved after the resize operation. |
489 | This method initiates a repair of the virtual disk - restoring data and redundancy to different (or new) physical disks within the storage pool. | This method initiates a repair of the virtual disk - restoring data and redundancy to different (or new) physical disks within the storage pool. |
490 | There is not enough redundancy remaining to repair the virtual disk. | There is not enough redundancy remaining to repair the virtual disk. |
491 | This method returns the security descriptor that controls access to this specific object instance. | This method returns the security descriptor that controls access to this specific object instance. |
492 | A Security Descriptor Definition Language (SDDL) formed string describing the access control list of the object. | A Security Descriptor Definition Language (SDDL) formed string describing the access control list of the object. |
493 | This method allows a user with sufficient privileges to set the security descriptor that control access to this specific object instance. If the call is not made in the context of a user specified in the security descriptor's access control list, this method will fail with 40001 - 'Access Denied'. If an empty security descriptor is passed to this function, the behavior is left to the specific implementation so long as there is some user context (typically domain administrators) that can access and administer the object. | This method allows a user with sufficient privileges to set the security descriptor that control access to this specific object instance. If the call is not made in the context of a user specified in the security descriptor's access control list, this method will fail with 40001 - 'Access Denied'. If an empty security descriptor is passed to this function, the behavior is left to the specific implementation so long as there is some user context (typically domain administrators) that can access and administer the object. |
494 | A Security Descriptor Definition Language (SDDL) formed string describing the desired access control list for this object. | A Security Descriptor Definition Language (SDDL) formed string describing the desired access control list for this object. |
495 | This method allows the virtual disk to be renamed. | This method allows the virtual disk to be renamed. |
496 | This method allows the virtual disk's intended usage to be updated. Not all virtual disks may allow this and will return 1 - 'Not Supported' if this operation cannot be performed. | This method allows the virtual disk's intended usage to be updated. Not all virtual disks may allow this and will return 1 - 'Not Supported' if this operation cannot be performed. |
497 | If Usage is set to 1 - 'Other', this parameter takes in the string representation of a vendor defined usage for this virtual disk. This parameter must not be set if Usage is a value other than 1 - 'Other'. | If Usage is set to 1 - 'Other', this parameter takes in the string representation of a vendor defined usage for this virtual disk. This parameter must not be set if Usage is a value other than 1 - 'Other'. |
498 | This method allows the user to update or set various attributes on the virtual disk. Note that not all parameters must be specified, and only those given will be updated. | This method allows the user to update or set various attributes on the virtual disk. Note that not all parameters must be specified, and only those given will be updated. |
500 | The value for WriteCacheSize is outside of the supported range of values. | The value for WriteCacheSize is outside of the supported range of values. |
501 | Attaches a Storage Spaces based virtual disk to the system. This operation is similar to Show and Hide, however there is no need for target and initiator configuration since everything is done locally. Depending on the system's NewDiskPolicy (formerly SAN policy), a Storage Space may need to be Attached before it can be used. | Attaches a Storage Spaces based virtual disk to the system. This operation is similar to Show and Hide, however there is no need for target and initiator configuration since everything is done locally. Depending on the system's NewDiskPolicy (formerly SAN policy), a Storage Space may need to be Attached before it can be used. |
502 | Detaches a Storage Spaces based virtual disk from the system. This operation is similar to Hide, however there is no need for target and initiator configuration since everything is done locally. Detaching a Storage Space will result in it's corresponding disk object to be suprise removed from the system. Note that detaching can happen in response to certain failure and warning conditions (such as failing redundancy, or thin provisioning capacity limits being reached). | Detaches a Storage Spaces based virtual disk from the system. This operation is similar to Hide, however there is no need for target and initiator configuration since everything is done locally. Detaching a Storage Space will result in it's corresponding disk object to be suprise removed from the system. Note that detaching can happen in response to certain failure and warning conditions (such as failing redundancy, or thin provisioning capacity limits being reached). |
503 | The virtual disk could not complete the operation because its Manual Attach status does not permit it. | The virtual disk could not complete the operation because its Manual Attach status does not permit it. |
510 | A subsystem storage volume. | A subsystem storage volume. |
545 | Drive letter assigned to the volume. | Drive letter assigned to the volume. |
546 | Guid path of the volume. | Guid path of the volume. |
548 | Scan Needed | Scan Needed |
549 | Spot Fix Needed | Spot Fix Needed |
550 | Full Repair Needed | Full Repair Needed |
551 | File system on the volume. | File system on the volume. |
552 | File system label of the volume. | File system label of the volume. |
553 | Total size of the volume | Total size of the volume |
554 | Available space on the volume | Available space on the volume |
555 | Denotes the type of the volume. | Denotes the type of the volume. |
556 | Invalid Root Path | Invalid Root Path |
557 | Removable | Removable |
558 | Remote | Remote |
559 | CD-ROM | CD-ROM |
560 | RAM Disk | RAM Disk |
561 | Format | Format |
562 | This command is not supported on x86 running in x64 environment | This command is not supported on x86 running in x64 environment |
563 | Access Denied | Access Denied |
565 | The specified cluster size is invalid | The specified cluster size is invalid |
566 | The specified file system is not supported | The specified file system is not supported |
567 | The volume cannot be quick formatted | The volume cannot be quick formatted |
568 | The number of clusters exceeds 32 bits | The number of clusters exceeds 32 bits |
569 | The specified UDF version is not supported | The specified UDF version is not supported |
570 | The cluster size must be a multiple of the disk's physical sector size | The cluster size must be a multiple of the disk's physical sector size |
571 | Cannot perform the requested operation when the drive is read only | Cannot perform the requested operation when the drive is read only |
572 | Repair | Repair |
573 | The repair failed | The repair failed |
574 | The scan failed | The scan failed |
578 | Cannot open drive for direct access | Cannot open drive for direct access |
579 | Cannot determine the file system of the drive | Cannot determine the file system of the drive |
580 | Optimize | Optimize |
581 | SetFileSystemLabel | SetFileSystemLabel |
582 | GetSupportedFileSystems | GetSupportedFileSystems |
583 | GetSupportedClusterSizes | GetSupportedClusterSizes |
584 | Gets the volume attributes | Gets the volume attributes |
586 | Sets the volume attributes | Sets the volume attributes |
587 | This setting may not be changed due to the group policy setting | This setting may not be changed due to the group policy setting |
588 | This setting may not be changed due to the global registry setting | This setting may not be changed due to the global registry setting |
593 | Represents a volume on the system. | Represents a volume on the system. |
594 | A user-friendly string representing the name of the storage pool. Friendly name can be set using the SetFriendlyName method. | A user-friendly string representing the name of the storage pool. Friendly name can be set using the SetFriendlyName method. |
595 | Name is a semi-unique (scoped to the owning storage subsystem), human-readable string used to identify a storage pool. | Name is a semi-unique (scoped to the owning storage subsystem), human-readable string used to identify a storage pool. |
596 | Denotes the intended usage of the storage pool. | Denotes the intended usage of the storage pool. |
597 | Reserved as a Delta Replica Container | Reserved as a Delta Replica Container |
598 | Reserved for Migration Services | Reserved for Migration Services |
599 | Reserved for Local Replication Services | Reserved for Local Replication Services |
600 | Reserved for Remote Replication Services | Reserved for Remote Replication Services |
601 | If Usage is set to 1 - 'Other', this field contains the string representation of the vendor defined usage for the storage pool. This property must be NULL if Usage is not set to 1 - 'Other'. | If Usage is set to 1 - 'Other', this field contains the string representation of the vendor defined usage for the storage pool. This property must be NULL if Usage is not set to 1 - 'Other'. |
602 | If this field is set to TRUE, the storage pool is primordial. A primordial pool, also known as the 'available storage' pool is where storage capacity is drawn and returned in the creation and deletion of concrete storage pools. Primordial pools cannot be created or deleted. If this field is set to FALSE, the storage pool is a concrete pool. These pools are subject to all of the management operations defined on the storage pool class. This includes creation, deletion, creation of virtual disks, etc. |
If this field is set to TRUE, the storage pool is primordial. A primordial pool, also known as the 'available storage' pool is where storage capacity is drawn and returned in the creation and deletion of concrete storage pools. Primordial pools cannot be created or deleted. If this field is set to FALSE, the storage pool is a concrete pool. These pools are subject to all of the management operations defined on the storage pool class. This includes creation, deletion, creation of virtual disks, etc. |
603 | Denotes the current health status of the storage pool. Health of a storage pool is derived from the health of the backing physical disks, and whether or not the storage pool can maintain the required levels of resiliency. 0 - 'Healthy': All physical disks are present and in a healthy state. 1 - 'Warning': The majority of physical disks are healthy, but one or more may be failing I/O requests. 2 - 'Unhealthy': The majority of physical disks are unhealthy or in a failed state, and the pool no longer has data integrity. |
Denotes the current health status of the storage pool. Health of a storage pool is derived from the health of the backing physical disks, and whether or not the storage pool can maintain the required levels of resiliency. 0 - 'Healthy': All physical disks are present and in a healthy state. 1 - 'Warning': The majority of physical disks are healthy, but one or more may be failing I/O requests. 2 - 'Unhealthy': The majority of physical disks are unhealthy or in a failed state, and the pool no longer has data integrity. |
604 | Indicates the current operating conditions of the storage pool. Unlike HealthStatus, this field indicates the status of hardware, software, and infrastructure issues related to this storage pool, and can contain multiple values. Various operational statuses are defined. Many of the enumeration's values are self-explanatory. However, a few are not and are described here in more detail. 4 - 'Stressed': indicates that the storage pool is functioning, but needs attention. Examples of 'Stressed' states are overload, overheated, and so on. 5 - 'Predictive Failure': indicates that the storage pool is functioning nominally but predicting a failure in the near future. 11 - 'In Service': describes a storage pool being configured, maintained, or otherwise administered. 12 - 'No Contact': indicates that the storage provider has knowledge of this storage pool, but has never been able to establish communications with it. 13 - 'Lost Communication': indicates that the storage pool is known to exist and has been contacted successfully in the past, but is currently unreachable. 10 - 'Stopped' and 14 - 'Aborted' are similar, although the former implies a clean and orderly stop, while the latter implies an abrupt stop where the state and configuration of the storage pool might need to be updated. 15 - 'Dormant': indicates that the storage pool is inactive. 16 - 'Supporting Entity in Error': indicates that this storage pool might be OK, but that another element, on which it is dependent, is in error. |
Indicates the current operating conditions of the storage pool. Unlike HealthStatus, this field indicates the status of hardware, software, and infrastructure issues related to this storage pool, and can contain multiple values. Various operational statuses are defined. Many of the enumeration's values are self-explanatory. However, a few are not and are described here in more detail. 4 - 'Stressed': indicates that the storage pool is functioning, but needs attention. Examples of 'Stressed' states are overload, overheated, and so on. 5 - 'Predictive Failure': indicates that the storage pool is functioning nominally but predicting a failure in the near future. 11 - 'In Service': describes a storage pool being configured, maintained, or otherwise administered. 12 - 'No Contact': indicates that the storage provider has knowledge of this storage pool, but has never been able to establish communications with it. 13 - 'Lost Communication': indicates that the storage pool is known to exist and has been contacted successfully in the past, but is currently unreachable. 10 - 'Stopped' and 14 - 'Aborted' are similar, although the former implies a clean and orderly stop, while the latter implies an abrupt stop where the state and configuration of the storage pool might need to be updated. 15 - 'Dormant': indicates that the storage pool is inactive. 16 - 'Supporting Entity in Error': indicates that this storage pool might be OK, but that another element, on which it is dependent, is in error. |
605 | Read-only | Read-only |
606 | A string representation of the vendor defined operational status. This field should only be set if the OperationalStatus array contains 1 - 'Other'. | A string representation of the vendor defined operational status. This field should only be set if the OperationalStatus array contains 1 - 'Other'. |
607 | Indicates the capacity of the storage pool. If the pool is primordial, this is the sum of all the healthy physical disk sizes. If the pool is concrete, this is the sum of all associated physical disks (except hot-spares, and including failed drives). | Indicates the capacity of the storage pool. If the pool is primordial, this is the sum of all the healthy physical disk sizes. If the pool is concrete, this is the sum of all associated physical disks (except hot-spares, and including failed drives). |
608 | Indicates the total sum of all the capacity used by this storage pool. If the pool is primordial, this will be the sum of all capacity currently allocated to concrete storage pools. If the pool is concrete, this value should be the sum of all capacity currently allocated to virtual disks and other pool metadata. | Indicates the total sum of all the capacity used by this storage pool. If the pool is primordial, this will be the sum of all capacity currently allocated to concrete storage pools. If the pool is concrete, this value should be the sum of all capacity currently allocated to virtual disks and other pool metadata. |
609 | This field indicates the logical sector size of the storage pool, in bytes. This value is derived from the backing physical disks, as well as the preference specified at the time this storage pool was created. | This field indicates the logical sector size of the storage pool, in bytes. This value is derived from the backing physical disks, as well as the preference specified at the time this storage pool was created. |
610 | This field indicates the physical sector size of the storage pool, in bytes. This value is derived from the backing physical disks for this storage pool. | This field indicates the physical sector size of the storage pool, in bytes. This value is derived from the backing physical disks for this storage pool. |
612 | Denotes the provisioning schemes that this storage pool supports. | Denotes the provisioning schemes that this storage pool supports. |
613 | Indicates the default resiliency setting used for virtual disk creation. This default can be overridden at the time of virtual disk creation. This property's value should correspond to the resiliency setting's Name field. | Indicates the default resiliency setting used for virtual disk creation. This default can be overridden at the time of virtual disk creation. This property's value should correspond to the resiliency setting's Name field. |
614 | Indicates whether or not the storage pool's configuration is read-only. If TRUE, the storage pool will not allow configuration changes to itself or any of its virtual and physical disks. Note that the data on the virtual disk may still be writable. | Indicates whether or not the storage pool's configuration is read-only. If TRUE, the storage pool will not allow configuration changes to itself or any of its virtual and physical disks. Note that the data on the virtual disk may still be writable. |
616 | Indicates whether or not the storage pool is used in a clustered environment. | Indicates whether or not the storage pool is used in a clustered environment. |
617 | If TRUE, this storage pool supports data deduplication. | If TRUE, this storage pool supports data deduplication. |
618 | Percentages at which an alert should be generated | Percentages at which an alert should be generated |
619 | Percentage | Percentage |
620 | If TRUE, the storage pool should clear (zero out) physical disks that are removed from the pool. | If TRUE, the storage pool should clear (zero out) physical disks that are removed from the pool. |
621 | This property indicates whether the disks comprising this pool are able to tolerate power loss without data loss, e.g. automatically flush volatile buffers to non-volatile media after external power is disconnected. | This property indicates whether the disks comprising this pool are able to tolerate power loss without data loss, e.g. automatically flush volatile buffers to non-volatile media after external power is disconnected. |
622 | Determines the default allocation behavior for virtual disks created in this pool. Enclosure aware virtual disks will intelligently pick the physical disks to use for their redundancy. If TRUE, the storage subsystem will use physical disks from different enclosures to balance the fault tolerance between two (or more) physical enclosures. | Determines the default allocation behavior for virtual disks created in this pool. Enclosure aware virtual disks will intelligently pick the physical disks to use for their redundancy. If TRUE, the storage subsystem will use physical disks from different enclosures to balance the fault tolerance between two (or more) physical enclosures. |
623 | If TRUE, the storage subsystem will automatically retire missing physical disks in this storage pool and replace them with hot-spares or other available physical disks (in the storage pool). | If TRUE, the storage subsystem will automatically retire missing physical disks in this storage pool and replace them with hot-spares or other available physical disks (in the storage pool). |
624 | Auto | Auto |
625 | Always | Always |
626 | Never | Never |
632 | Default size of write cache for virtual disk creation | Default size of write cache for virtual disk creation |
633 | Minimum size of write cache for virtual disk creation | Minimum size of write cache for virtual disk creation |
634 | Maximum size of write cache for virtual disk creation | Maximum size of write cache for virtual disk creation |
636 | You must specify a size by using either the Size or the UseMaximumSize parameter. You can specify only one of these parameters at a time. | You must specify a size by using either the Size or the UseMaximumSize parameter. You can specify only one of these parameters at a time. |
637 | The specified resiliency setting is not supported by this storage pool. | The specified resiliency setting is not supported by this storage pool. |
638 | There are not enough eligible physical disks in the storage pool to create the specified virtual disk configuration. | There are not enough eligible physical disks in the storage pool to create the specified virtual disk configuration. |
639 | No resiliency setting with that name exists. | No resiliency setting with that name exists. |
640 | The value for NoSinglePointOfFailure is not supported. | The value for NoSinglePointOfFailure is not supported. |
641 | The value for PhysicalDiskRedundancy is outside of the supported range of values. | The value for PhysicalDiskRedundancy is outside of the supported range of values. |
642 | The value for NumberOfDataCopies is outside of the supported range of values. | The value for NumberOfDataCopies is outside of the supported range of values. |
643 | The value for ParityLayout is outside of the supported range of values. | The value for ParityLayout is outside of the supported range of values. |
644 | The value for Interleave is outside of the supported range of values. | The value for Interleave is outside of the supported range of values. |
645 | The value for NumberOfColumns is outside of the supported range of values. | The value for NumberOfColumns is outside of the supported range of values. |
646 | Not enough physical disks were specified to successfully complete the operation. | Not enough physical disks were specified to successfully complete the operation. |
647 | This parameter allows the user to specify the FriendlyName at the time of the virtual disk creation. FriendlyNames are expected to be descriptive, however they are not required to be unique. Note that some storage subsystems do not allow setting a friendly name during virtual disk creation. If a subsystem doesn't support this, virtual disk creation should still succeed, however the disk may have a different name assigned to it. | This parameter allows the user to specify the FriendlyName at the time of the virtual disk creation. FriendlyNames are expected to be descriptive, however they are not required to be unique. Note that some storage subsystems do not allow setting a friendly name during virtual disk creation. If a subsystem doesn't support this, virtual disk creation should still succeed, however the disk may have a different name assigned to it. |
648 | Indicates the size for the virtual disk. Note that some storage subsystems will round the size up or down to a multiple of its allocation unit size. This parameter cannot be used if UseMaximumSize is set to TRUE. | Indicates the size for the virtual disk. Note that some storage subsystems will round the size up or down to a multiple of its allocation unit size. This parameter cannot be used if UseMaximumSize is set to TRUE. |
649 | UseMaximumSize instructs the storage array to create the largest possible virtual disk given the available resources of this storage pool. This parameter cannot be used if the Size parameter is set. | UseMaximumSize instructs the storage array to create the largest possible virtual disk given the available resources of this storage pool. This parameter cannot be used if the Size parameter is set. |
650 | Denotes the provisioning type of the virtual disk. 1 - 'Thin': The storage for the virtual disk is allocated on-demand. 2 - 'Fixed': The storage for the virtual disk is allocated up front. |
Denotes the provisioning type of the virtual disk. 1 - 'Thin': The storage for the virtual disk is allocated on-demand. 2 - 'Fixed': The storage for the virtual disk is allocated up front. |
651 | This parameter specifies the resiliency setting to use as a template for this virtual disk. This property's value should correspond with the particular resiliency setting instance's Name property. Only resiliency settings associated with this storage pool may be used. | This parameter specifies the resiliency setting to use as a template for this virtual disk. This property's value should correspond with the particular resiliency setting instance's Name property. Only resiliency settings associated with this storage pool may be used. |
652 | Denotes the intended usage of the virtual disk | Denotes the intended usage of the virtual disk |
653 | Allows a user to set a vendor specific usage for the new virtual disk object. This parameter can only be specified if the Usage parameter is set to 1 - 'Other'. | Allows a user to set a vendor specific usage for the new virtual disk object. This parameter can only be specified if the Usage parameter is set to 1 - 'Other'. |
655 | Specifies how many physical disk failures the virtual disk should be able to withstand before data loss occurs. If specified, this value will override the PhysicalDiskRedundancyDefault which would have been inherited from the resiliency setting specified by ResiliencySettingName. | Specifies how many physical disk failures the virtual disk should be able to withstand before data loss occurs. If specified, this value will override the PhysicalDiskRedundancyDefault which would have been inherited from the resiliency setting specified by ResiliencySettingName. |
657 | If TRUE, this field instructs the storage provider (or subsystem) to automatically pick what it determines to be the best number of columns for the virtual disk. If this field is TRUE, then the NumberOfColumns parameter must be NULL. | If TRUE, this field instructs the storage provider (or subsystem) to automatically pick what it determines to be the best number of columns for the virtual disk. If this field is TRUE, then the NumberOfColumns parameter must be NULL. |
659 | Determines the allocation behavior for this virtual disk. Enclosure aware virtual disks will intelligently pick the physical disks to use for their redundancy. If TRUE, the virtual disk will attempt to use physical disks from different enclosures to balance the fault tolerance between two (or more) physical enclosures. | Determines the allocation behavior for this virtual disk. Enclosure aware virtual disks will intelligently pick the physical disks to use for their redundancy. If TRUE, the virtual disk will attempt to use physical disks from different enclosures to balance the fault tolerance between two (or more) physical enclosures. |
660 | If specified, allocation of this virtual disk's storage is limited to the physical disks in the list. These physical disks must already be added to this storage pool. | If specified, allocation of this virtual disk's storage is limited to the physical disks in the list. These physical disks must already be added to this storage pool. |
661 | Storage tiers on this virtual disk | Storage tiers on this virtual disk |
662 | Sizes of each tier | Sizes of each tier |
663 | Size of write cache on the virtual disk | Size of write cache on the virtual disk |
664 | Indicates if provider should pick up the auto write cache size or not | Indicates if provider should pick up the auto write cache size or not |
666 | This method creates a virtual disk and single volume using the resources of the storage pool. | This method creates a virtual disk and single volume using the resources of the storage pool. |
668 | Indicates the size for the virtual disk. Note that some storage subsystems will round the size up or down to a multiple of its allocation unit size. The size of the resulting volume will be the maximum size possible for the resulting virtual disk. | Indicates the size for the virtual disk. Note that some storage subsystems will round the size up or down to a multiple of its allocation unit size. The size of the resulting volume will be the maximum size possible for the resulting virtual disk. |
669 | Denotes the provisioning type of the volume. 1 - 'Thin': The storage for the volume is allocated on-demand. 2 - 'Fixed': The storage for the volume is allocated up front. |
Denotes the provisioning type of the volume. 1 - 'Thin': The storage for the volume is allocated on-demand. 2 - 'Fixed': The storage for the volume is allocated up front. |
670 | This parameter specifies the resiliency setting to use as a template for this volume. This property's value should correspond with the particular resiliency setting instance's Name property. Only resiliency settings associated with this storage pool may be used. | This parameter specifies the resiliency setting to use as a template for this volume. This property's value should correspond with the particular resiliency setting instance's Name property. Only resiliency settings associated with this storage pool may be used. |
674 | FAT16 | FAT16 |
675 | FAT32 | FAT32 |
683 | NTFS | NTFS |
684 | ReFS | ReFS |
685 | CSVFS_NTFS | CSVFS_NTFS |
686 | CSVFS_ReFS | CSVFS_ReFS |
690 | Friendly name of the storage tier | Friendly name of the storage tier |
691 | Media type of the storage tier | Media type of the storage tier |
692 | Description of the storage tier | Description of the storage tier |
693 | This method deletes an empty storage pool. If the storage pool contains any virtual disks, these virtual disks should be removed first. | This method deletes an empty storage pool. If the storage pool contains any virtual disks, these virtual disks should be removed first. |
694 | The storage pool contains virtual disks. | The storage pool contains virtual disks. |
697 | This method removes one or more physical disks from the pool and returns all previously allocated space on the disk to the available capacity in the primordial pool. | This method removes one or more physical disks from the pool and returns all previously allocated space on the disk to the available capacity in the primordial pool. |
698 | This method returns the supported sizes for a virtual disk created on this storage pool. These sizes can either be returned in an array of all supported sizes, through a min, max, and divisor, or both. | This method returns the supported sizes for a virtual disk created on this storage pool. These sizes can either be returned in an array of all supported sizes, through a min, max, and divisor, or both. |
700 | This parameter denotes the minimum supported size that a virtual disk created in this pool can be. | This parameter denotes the minimum supported size that a virtual disk created in this pool can be. |
701 | This parameter denotes the maximum supported size that a virtual disk created in this pool can be. | This parameter denotes the maximum supported size that a virtual disk created in this pool can be. |
702 | This method allows the storage pool to be renamed. | This method allows the storage pool to be renamed. |
703 | This method allows the storage pool's intended usage to be updated. Not all storage pools may allow this and will return 1 - 'Not Supported' if this operation cannot be performed. | This method allows the storage pool's intended usage to be updated. Not all storage pools may allow this and will return 1 - 'Not Supported' if this operation cannot be performed. |
704 | Denotes the new intended usage of the storage pool. | Denotes the new intended usage of the storage pool. |
705 | If Usage is set to 1 - 'Other', this parameter takes in the string representation of a vendor defined usage for this storage pool. This parameter must not be set if Usage is a value other than 1 - 'Other'. | If Usage is set to 1 - 'Other', this parameter takes in the string representation of a vendor defined usage for this storage pool. This parameter must not be set if Usage is a value other than 1 - 'Other'. |
706 | This method allows the user to update or set various defaults on the storage pool. Note that not all parameters must be specified, and only those given will be updated. | This method allows the user to update or set various defaults on the storage pool. Note that not all parameters must be specified, and only those given will be updated. |
707 | Specifies the new default provisioning type of the storage pool. | Specifies the new default provisioning type of the storage pool. |
708 | Specifies the new default resiliency setting that should be used by this storage pool. The resiliency setting specified must already be associated with this storage pool. | Specifies the new default resiliency setting that should be used by this storage pool. The resiliency setting specified must already be associated with this storage pool. |
709 | This parameter indicates the default allocation policy for virtual disks created in an enclosure aware storage pool. For example, an enclosure aware subsystem could balance each data copy of the virtual disk across multiple physical enclosures such that each enclosure contains a full data copy of the virtual disk. | This parameter indicates the default allocation policy for virtual disks created in an enclosure aware storage pool. For example, an enclosure aware subsystem could balance each data copy of the virtual disk across multiple physical enclosures such that each enclosure contains a full data copy of the virtual disk. |
710 | New default size of write cache for virtual disk creation | New default size of write cache for virtual disk creation |
711 | This method allows the user to update or set various attributes on the storage pool. Note that not all parameters must be specified, and only those given will be updated. | This method allows the user to update or set various attributes on the storage pool. Note that not all parameters must be specified, and only those given will be updated. |
712 | The number of thin provisioning alert thresholds specified exceeds the limit for this storage pool. | The number of thin provisioning alert thresholds specified exceeds the limit for this storage pool. |
713 | Represents a logical grouping of physical disks that may be used to create virtual disks. These virtual disks can be created with different characteristics and levels of resiliency based on the number of available physical disks and the capabilities of the storage pool. | Represents a logical grouping of physical disks that may be used to create virtual disks. These virtual disks can be created with different characteristics and levels of resiliency based on the number of available physical disks and the capabilities of the storage pool. |
714 | FriendlyName is a user-friendly name of the masking set. It is specified during the creation of the masking set, and can be changed using the SetFriendlyName method. | FriendlyName is a user-friendly name of the masking set. It is specified during the creation of the masking set, and can be changed using the SetFriendlyName method. |
715 | Name is a user-friendly system defined name for the masking set. Name is unique within the scope of the owning storage subsystem. | Name is a user-friendly system defined name for the masking set. Name is unique within the scope of the owning storage subsystem. |
716 | This field specifies the operating system, version, driver, and other host environment factors that influence the behavior exposed by the storage subsystem. | This field specifies the operating system, version, driver, and other host environment factors that influence the behavior exposed by the storage subsystem. |
717 | This method adds an initiator to the masking set. All virtual disks in the masking set will be accessible (shown) to these initiators. | This method adds an initiator to the masking set. All virtual disks in the masking set will be accessible (shown) to these initiators. |
718 | Only one initiator address is acceptable for this operation. | Only one initiator address is acceptable for this operation. |
719 | This parameter is an array of initiator addresses. For each address contained in this array, a corresponding initiator ID instance should be created and then associated with this masking set. | This parameter is an array of initiator addresses. For each address contained in this array, a corresponding initiator ID instance should be created and then associated with this masking set. |
720 | This method removes one or more initiator ids from the masking set. Note that the initiator id instances themselves should not be deleted from the system. | This method removes one or more initiator ids from the masking set. Note that the initiator id instances themselves should not be deleted from the system. |
721 | This method adds one or more target ports to the masking set. | This method adds one or more target ports to the masking set. |
722 | This method removes one or more target ports from the masking set. | This method removes one or more target ports from the masking set. |
723 | This method adds a virtual disk to the masking set, allowing it to be shown to the initiators contained in the set. | This method adds a virtual disk to the masking set, allowing it to be shown to the initiators contained in the set. |
724 | The specified virtual disk could not be found. | The specified virtual disk could not be found. |
725 | The device number specified is not valid. | The device number specified is not valid. |
726 | DeviceAccess must be specified for each virtual disk. | DeviceAccess must be specified for each virtual disk. |
727 | Read Write | Read Write |
728 | Read-Only | Read-Only |
729 | No Access | No Access |
730 | This method removes a virtual disk from the masking set. Once removed, this virtual disk will no longer be shown to the initiators contained in this masking set. | This method removes a virtual disk from the masking set. Once removed, this virtual disk will no longer be shown to the initiators contained in this masking set. |
731 | This method deletes the masking set instance. | This method deletes the masking set instance. |
732 | This method allows the FriendlyName to be set. | This method allows the FriendlyName to be set. |
733 | A masking set is a collection of virtual disks, target ports, and initiator ids that are used for bulk Show and Hide operations. When a resource is added to a masking set it is made available for access to all other resources in the masking set. For example, adding a virtual disk object to a masking set will allow all initiator IDs in the masking set to access the virtual disk object. | A masking set is a collection of virtual disks, target ports, and initiator ids that are used for bulk Show and Hide operations. When a resource is added to a masking set it is made available for access to all other resources in the masking set. For example, adding a virtual disk object to a masking set will allow all initiator IDs in the masking set to access the virtual disk object. |
734 | A user settable string representing the name of the storage subsystem. The storage provider or subsystem is expected to supply an initial value for this field. | A user settable string representing the name of the storage subsystem. The storage provider or subsystem is expected to supply an initial value for this field. |
735 | A user settable description of the storage subsystem. This field can be used to store extra free-form information, such as notes or details about the subsystem's intended usage. | A user settable description of the storage subsystem. This field can be used to store extra free-form information, such as notes or details about the subsystem's intended usage. |
736 | Name is a globally unique, human-readable string used to identify a storage subsystem. | Name is a globally unique, human-readable string used to identify a storage subsystem. |
737 | NameFormat describes the format of the Name identifier. | NameFormat describes the format of the Name identifier. |
738 | IP | IP |
739 | Dial | Dial |
740 | HID | HID |
741 | NWA | NWA |
742 | HWA | HWA |
743 | X25 | X25 |
744 | ISDN | ISDN |
745 | IPX | IPX |
746 | DCC | DCC |
747 | ICD | ICD |
748 | E.164 | E.164 |
749 | SNA | SNA |
750 | OID/OSI | OID/OSI |
751 | WWN | WWN |
752 | This field is an array of custom identifier for the subsystem. If this field is set, the OtherIdentifyingInfoDescription field must also be set. | This field is an array of custom identifier for the subsystem. If this field is set, the OtherIdentifyingInfoDescription field must also be set. |
753 | An array of string description of the format used in the custom identifiers defined in the OtherIdentifyingInfo field. There must be a 1:1 mapping between this array and OtherIdentifyingInfo. | An array of string description of the format used in the custom identifiers defined in the OtherIdentifyingInfo field. There must be a 1:1 mapping between this array and OtherIdentifyingInfo. |
755 | Indicates the current statuses of the subsystem. Various operational statuses are defined. Many of the enumeration's values are self-explanatory. However, a few are not and are described here in more detail. 4 - 'Stressed': indicates that the subsystem is functioning, but needs attention. Examples of 'Stressed' states are overload, overheated, and so on. 5 - 'Predictive Failure': indicates that the subsystem is functioning nominally but predicting a failure in the near future. 11 - 'In Service': describes a subsystem being configured, maintained, cleaned, or otherwise administered. 12 - 'No Contact': indicates that the storage provider has knowledge of this subsystem, but has never been able to establish communications with it. 13 - 'Lost Communication': indicates that the subsystem is known to exist and has been contacted successfully in the past, but is currently unreachable. 10 - 'Stopped' and 14 - 'Aborted' are similar, although the former implies a clean and orderly stop, while the latter implies an abrupt stop where the state and configuration of the subsystem might need to be updated. 15 - 'Dormant': indicates that the subsystem is inactive. 16 - 'Supporting Entity in Error': indicates that this subsystem might be OK, but that another element, on which it is dependent, is in error. |
Indicates the current statuses of the subsystem. Various operational statuses are defined. Many of the enumeration's values are self-explanatory. However, a few are not and are described here in more detail. 4 - 'Stressed': indicates that the subsystem is functioning, but needs attention. Examples of 'Stressed' states are overload, overheated, and so on. 5 - 'Predictive Failure': indicates that the subsystem is functioning nominally but predicting a failure in the near future. 11 - 'In Service': describes a subsystem being configured, maintained, cleaned, or otherwise administered. 12 - 'No Contact': indicates that the storage provider has knowledge of this subsystem, but has never been able to establish communications with it. 13 - 'Lost Communication': indicates that the subsystem is known to exist and has been contacted successfully in the past, but is currently unreachable. 10 - 'Stopped' and 14 - 'Aborted' are similar, although the former implies a clean and orderly stop, while the latter implies an abrupt stop where the state and configuration of the subsystem might need to be updated. 15 - 'Dormant': indicates that the subsystem is inactive. 16 - 'Supporting Entity in Error': indicates that this subsystem might be OK, but that another element, on which it is dependent, is in error. |
756 | This field denotes the cache level that has been discovered. This corresponds to the storage provider's DiscoveryLevel parameter in the Discover method. 0 - 'Level 0': The storage provider and storage subsystem objects have been discovered. 1 - 'Level 1': Storage pools, resiliency settings, target ports, target portals, and initiator ids belonging to this subsystem have been discovered. 2 - 'Level 2': Virtual disks and masking sets belonging to this subsystem have been discovered. 3 - 'Level 3': Physical disks belonging to this subsystem have been discovered. |
This field denotes the cache level that has been discovered. This corresponds to the storage provider's DiscoveryLevel parameter in the Discover method. 0 - 'Level 0': The storage provider and storage subsystem objects have been discovered. 1 - 'Level 1': Storage pools, resiliency settings, target ports, target portals, and initiator ids belonging to this subsystem have been discovered. 2 - 'Level 2': Virtual disks and masking sets belonging to this subsystem have been discovered. 3 - 'Level 3': Physical disks belonging to this subsystem have been discovered. |
757 | Level 0 | Level 0 |
758 | Level 1 | Level 1 |
759 | Level 2 | Level 2 |
760 | Level 3 | Level 3 |
761 | This field is a string representation of the company responsible for creating the storage subsystem hardware. | This field is a string representation of the company responsible for creating the storage subsystem hardware. |
762 | This field is a string representation of the model number of the subsystem array. | This field is a string representation of the model number of the subsystem array. |
763 | This field is a string representation of the serial number of the subsystem array. | This field is a string representation of the serial number of the subsystem array. |
764 | This field is a string representation of the subsystem's firmware version. | This field is a string representation of the subsystem's firmware version. |
766 | Denotes whether this subsystem supports local mirror replication. | Denotes whether this subsystem supports local mirror replication. |
767 | Denotes whether this subsystem supports remote mirror replication. | Denotes whether this subsystem supports remote mirror replication. |
768 | Denotes whether this subsystem supports local snapshotting. This field must be true if the VirtualDisk::CreateSnapshot method is implemented. | Denotes whether this subsystem supports local snapshotting. This field must be true if the VirtualDisk::CreateSnapshot method is implemented. |
769 | Denotes whether this subsystem supports remote snapshotting. | Denotes whether this subsystem supports remote snapshotting. |
770 | Denotes whether this subsystem supports local cloning. This field must be true if the VirtualDisk::CreateClone method is implemented. | Denotes whether this subsystem supports local cloning. This field must be true if the VirtualDisk::CreateClone method is implemented. |
771 | Denotes whether this subsystem supports remote cloning. | Denotes whether this subsystem supports remote cloning. |
772 | Denotes whether a user can create a virtual disk by using the CreateVirtualDisk method on either the storage subsystem or storage pool objects. | Denotes whether a user can create a virtual disk by using the CreateVirtualDisk method on either the storage subsystem or storage pool objects. |
773 | Denotes whether a user can modify attributes or other properties on a virtual disk by using the various Set* extrinsic methods. (For example: SetFriendlyname ). | Denotes whether a user can modify attributes or other properties on a virtual disk by using the various Set* extrinsic methods. (For example: SetFriendlyname ). |
774 | Denotes whether a user can delete a virtual disk through the use of the DeleteObject extrinsic method on the virtual disk instance. | Denotes whether a user can delete a virtual disk through the use of the DeleteObject extrinsic method on the virtual disk instance. |
775 | Indicates if the subsystem allows a virtual disk to be grown in size (using the Resize method of the virtual disk instance). | Indicates if the subsystem allows a virtual disk to be grown in size (using the Resize method of the virtual disk instance). |
776 | Indicates if the subsystem allows a virtual disk to be reduced in size (using the Resize method of the virtual disk instance). | Indicates if the subsystem allows a virtual disk to be reduced in size (using the Resize method of the virtual disk instance). |
777 | Indicates if the subsystem supports explicit repairing of a virtual disk through the Repair method of the virtual disk instance. | Indicates if the subsystem supports explicit repairing of a virtual disk through the Repair method of the virtual disk instance. |
779 | If TRUE, this subsystem supports the deletion of its storage pools. | If TRUE, this subsystem supports the deletion of its storage pools. |
780 | If TRUE, storage pools on this subsystem support capacity expansion through adding more physical disks. | If TRUE, storage pools on this subsystem support capacity expansion through adding more physical disks. |
781 | If TRUE, storage pools on this subsystem support the replacement or removal of physical disks by use of the RemovePhysicalDisk method on the storage pool instance. | If TRUE, storage pools on this subsystem support the replacement or removal of physical disks by use of the RemovePhysicalDisk method on the storage pool instance. |
782 | If TRUE, the CreateVirtualDisk method on the storage subsystem is supported. | If TRUE, the CreateVirtualDisk method on the storage subsystem is supported. |
783 | If TRUE, all resiliency settings will be copied from the primordial pool and added to a concrete pool upon its creation. If FALSE, the storage pool should copy the setting specified in the ResiliencySettingNameDefault parameter of CreateStoragePool. If no name was given, the resiliency setting specified by the primordial pool's ResiliencySettingNameDefault property should be used. | If TRUE, all resiliency settings will be copied from the primordial pool and added to a concrete pool upon its creation. If FALSE, the storage pool should copy the setting specified in the ResiliencySettingNameDefault parameter of CreateStoragePool. If no name was given, the resiliency setting specified by the primordial pool's ResiliencySettingNameDefault property should be used. |
785 | If TRUE, this subsystem supports the deletion of storage tiers. | If TRUE, this subsystem supports the deletion of storage tiers. |
786 | If TRUE, this subsystem supports the resizing of storage tiers. | If TRUE, this subsystem supports the resizing of storage tiers. |
788 | If TRUE, this subsystem supports the creation of tiered virtual disks. | If TRUE, this subsystem supports the creation of tiered virtual disks. |
789 | This field is reserved for future releases. | This field is reserved for future releases. |
790 | If TRUE, the storage subsystem supports showing and hiding (masking) a virtual disk to a host initiator through the Show/Hide methods of the virtual disk and by the use of masking sets. | If TRUE, the storage subsystem supports showing and hiding (masking) a virtual disk to a host initiator through the Show/Hide methods of the virtual disk and by the use of masking sets. |
791 | Indicates which address formats can be inferred by the storage provider and subsystem when working with initiator ids. | Indicates which address formats can be inferred by the storage provider and subsystem when working with initiator ids. |
792 | Port WWN | Port WWN |
793 | Node WWN | Node WWN |
794 | Host Name | Host Name |
795 | iSCSI Name | iSCSI Name |
796 | Switch WWN | Switch WWN |
797 | SAS Address | SAS Address |
798 | If MaskingValidInitiatorIdTypes contains the value 1 - 'Other', this field is used to enumerate the other valid initiator id types for this storage subsystem. | If MaskingValidInitiatorIdTypes contains the value 1 - 'Other', this field is used to enumerate the other valid initiator id types for this storage subsystem. |
799 | Indicates the number of target ports that can be used for masking a virtual disk. This applies to both masking sets and the virtual disk Show method. | Indicates the number of target ports that can be used for masking a virtual disk. This applies to both masking sets and the virtual disk Show method. |
800 | One TargetPort per view | One TargetPort per view |
801 | Multiple target ports per view | Multiple target ports per view |
802 | All target ports share the same view | All target ports share the same view |
803 | If TRUE, the storage provider supports the use of the DeviceNumbers parameter of the CreateMaskingSet and AddVirtualDisk methods. | If TRUE, the storage provider supports the use of the DeviceNumbers parameter of the CreateMaskingSet and AddVirtualDisk methods. |
804 | If TRUE, the subsystem will only allow one initiator to be added to a masking set. | If TRUE, the subsystem will only allow one initiator to be added to a masking set. |
805 | Indicates the maximum number of masking sets that a particular virtual disk can be added to. | Indicates the maximum number of masking sets that a particular virtual disk can be added to. |
807 | Manual | Manual |
808 | Denotes the iSCSI Target Creation Scheme supported by the subsystem. 0 - 'Not Applicable' implies a non-iSCSI subsystem. 1 - 'Not Supported' implies the subsystem does not allow creation of a Target. 2 - 'Manual' implies the subsystem allows manual creation of the Target. 3 - 'Auto' implies the subsystem automatically creates a Target. |
Denotes the iSCSI Target Creation Scheme supported by the subsystem. 0 - 'Not Applicable' implies a non-iSCSI subsystem. 1 - 'Not Supported' implies the subsystem does not allow creation of a Target. 2 - 'Manual' implies the subsystem allows manual creation of the Target. 3 - 'Auto' implies the subsystem automatically creates a Target. |
809 | Not Applicable | Not Applicable |
810 | Denotes the total number of physical disk slots in the subsystem or enclosure. | Denotes the total number of physical disk slots in the subsystem or enclosure. |
811 | A string representing the name of the management server. This value is only relevant for Storage Management Providers that implement the SMI-S standard. | A string representing the name of the management server. This value is only relevant for Storage Management Providers that implement the SMI-S standard. |
812 | An array representing the supported host types. | An array representing the supported host types. |
813 | When the corresponding array entry in SupportedHostType[] is "Other", this entry provides a string describing the manufacturer and OS/Environment. When the corresponding SupportedHostType[] entry is not "Other", this entry allows variations or qualifications of ClientTypes - for example, different versions of Solaris. | When the corresponding array entry in SupportedHostType[] is "Other", this entry provides a string describing the manufacturer and OS/Environment. When the corresponding SupportedHostType[] entry is not "Other", this entry allows variations or qualifications of ClientTypes - for example, different versions of Solaris. |
814 | This method creates a storage pool from available physical disks contained within a common primordial pool. A physical disk is available for storage pool creation if its CanPool property is set to TRUE. Storage pool creation is only available when the SupportsStoragePoolCreation field of the storage subsystem is TRUE. | This method creates a storage pool from available physical disks contained within a common primordial pool. A physical disk is available for storage pool creation if its CanPool property is set to TRUE. Storage pool creation is only available when the SupportsStoragePoolCreation field of the storage subsystem is TRUE. |
815 | This parameter allows the user to specify the FriendlyName at the time of the storage pool creation. FriendlyNames are expected to be descriptive, however they are not required to be unique. Note that some storage subsystems do not allow setting a friendly name during pool creation. If a subsystem doesn't support this, storage pool creation should still succeed, however the pool may have a different name assigned to it. | This parameter allows the user to specify the FriendlyName at the time of the storage pool creation. FriendlyNames are expected to be descriptive, however they are not required to be unique. Note that some storage subsystems do not allow setting a friendly name during pool creation. If a subsystem doesn't support this, storage pool creation should still succeed, however the pool may have a different name assigned to it. |
816 | Allows a user to set a custom usage type for the new storage pool object. This parameter can only be specified if the Usage parameter is set to 1 - 'Other'. | Allows a user to set a custom usage type for the new storage pool object. This parameter can only be specified if the Usage parameter is set to 1 - 'Other'. |
818 | This parameter indicates the resiliency setting to be used by default when creating a new virtual disk on this storage pool. If the subsystem's SupportsMultipleResiliencySettingsPerStoragePool property is set to FALSE, this parameter also acts as a hint to the Storage Management Provider on which resiliency setting should be inherited by this storage pool. If no value is given, it is up to the Storage Management Provider to pick the most appropriate resiliency setting. | This parameter indicates the resiliency setting to be used by default when creating a new virtual disk on this storage pool. If the subsystem's SupportsMultipleResiliencySettingsPerStoragePool property is set to FALSE, this parameter also acts as a hint to the Storage Management Provider on which resiliency setting should be inherited by this storage pool. If no value is given, it is up to the Storage Management Provider to pick the most appropriate resiliency setting. |
819 | This parameter indicates the provisioning type to be used by default when creating a new virtual disk on this storage pool. If no default is specified, the default is inherited from the primordial pool. | This parameter indicates the provisioning type to be used by default when creating a new virtual disk on this storage pool. If no default is specified, the default is inherited from the primordial pool. |
820 | This parameter indicates the default logical sector size for the storage pool. This is useful when a storage pool may contain a mix of 512 emulated and either 4K native or 512 native physical disks. | This parameter indicates the default logical sector size for the storage pool. This is useful when a storage pool may contain a mix of 512 emulated and either 4K native or 512 native physical disks. |
821 | This method allows for the creation of virtual disks on a storage subsystem. This method is typically used when either a) the subsystem's storage pools do not allow virtual disk creation directly, or b) the subsystem does not support storage pools. Storage Management Providers may also choose to implement this method to 'intelligently' pick a storage pool for the user. If this method is supported, the subsystem's SupportsAutomaticStoragePoolSelection property should be set to TRUE. | This method allows for the creation of virtual disks on a storage subsystem. This method is typically used when either a) the subsystem's storage pools do not allow virtual disk creation directly, or b) the subsystem does not support storage pools. Storage Management Providers may also choose to implement this method to 'intelligently' pick a storage pool for the user. If this method is supported, the subsystem's SupportsAutomaticStoragePoolSelection property should be set to TRUE. |
822 | No storage pools were found that can support this virtual disk configuration. | No storage pools were found that can support this virtual disk configuration. |
823 | This parameter allows the user to specify the desired FriendlyName at the time of the virtual disk creation. FriendlyNames are expected to be descriptive, however they are not required to be unique. Note that some storage subsystems do not allow setting a friendly name during virtual disk creation. If a subsystem doesn't support this, virtual disk creation should still succeed, however the disk may have a different name assigned to it. | This parameter allows the user to specify the desired FriendlyName at the time of the virtual disk creation. FriendlyNames are expected to be descriptive, however they are not required to be unique. Note that some storage subsystems do not allow setting a friendly name during virtual disk creation. If a subsystem doesn't support this, virtual disk creation should still succeed, however the disk may have a different name assigned to it. |
824 | Allows a user to set a custom usage type for the new virtual disk object. This parameter can only be specified if the Usage parameter is set to 1 - 'Other'. | Allows a user to set a custom usage type for the new virtual disk object. This parameter can only be specified if the Usage parameter is set to 1 - 'Other'. |
825 | Indicates the desired size for the virtual disk. Note that some storage subsystems will round the size up or down to a multiple of its allocation unit size. If this parameter is specified, UseMaximumSize must be NULL or FALSE. | Indicates the desired size for the virtual disk. Note that some storage subsystems will round the size up or down to a multiple of its allocation unit size. If this parameter is specified, UseMaximumSize must be NULL or FALSE. |
826 | Create a virtual disk using the largest supported size. This parameter cannot be used with the Size parameter. | Create a virtual disk using the largest supported size. This parameter cannot be used with the Size parameter. |
827 | Specifies the number of complete data copies to maintain for this virtual disk. | Specifies the number of complete data copies to maintain for this virtual disk. |
828 | Specifies how many physical disk failures the virtual disk should be able to withstand before data loss occurs. | Specifies how many physical disk failures the virtual disk should be able to withstand before data loss occurs. |
829 | Specifies the number of underlying physical disks across which data should be striped. | Specifies the number of underlying physical disks across which data should be striped. |
830 | Specifies the number of bytes used to form a strip in common striping-based resiliency settings. The strip is defined as the size of the portion of a stripe that lies on one physical disk. Thus Interleave * NumberOfColumns will yield the total size of one stripe. | Specifies the number of bytes used to form a strip in common striping-based resiliency settings. The strip is defined as the size of the portion of a stripe that lies on one physical disk. Thus Interleave * NumberOfColumns will yield the total size of one stripe. |
832 | Denotes the provisioning type of the virtual disk. A value of 1 - 'Thin' means that the storage for the disk is allocated on-demand. A value of 2 - 'Fixed' means that the storage is allocated up front. | Denotes the provisioning type of the virtual disk. A value of 1 - 'Thin' means that the storage for the disk is allocated on-demand. A value of 2 - 'Fixed' means that the storage is allocated up front. |
833 | Creates logical grouping of virtual disks, target ports, and initiators for the purpose of showing virtual disks to host systems. | Creates logical grouping of virtual disks, target ports, and initiators for the purpose of showing virtual disks to host systems. |
834 | This parameter allows the user to specify the desired FriendlyName for the masking set at the time of its creation. FriendlyNames are expected to be descriptive, however they are not requried to be unique. | This parameter allows the user to specify the desired FriendlyName for the masking set at the time of its creation. FriendlyNames are expected to be descriptive, however they are not requried to be unique. |
835 | This parameter specifies the list of virtual disks to show to the initiators in the masking set. The identifier used by this parameter is the virtual disk Name property. This parameter has a 1:1 mapping with the DeviceAccesses parameter (the arrays must be the same length and have the same order). | This parameter specifies the list of virtual disks to show to the initiators in the masking set. The identifier used by this parameter is the virtual disk Name property. This parameter has a 1:1 mapping with the DeviceAccesses parameter (the arrays must be the same length and have the same order). |
836 | This parameter specifies the level of access the initiator should have to each virtual disk specified by VirtualDiskNames. This parameter has a 1:1 mapping with the VirtualDiskNames parameter (the arrays must be the same length and have the same order). | This parameter specifies the level of access the initiator should have to each virtual disk specified by VirtualDiskNames. This parameter has a 1:1 mapping with the VirtualDiskNames parameter (the arrays must be the same length and have the same order). |
837 | Specifies the order in which the virtual disks should be exposed to the initiator. This capability is only available if the storage subsystem's MaskingClientSelectableDeviceNumbers property is set to TRUE. If specified, this parameter must have a 1:1 mapping with the VirtualDiskNames parameter. | Specifies the order in which the virtual disks should be exposed to the initiator. This capability is only available if the storage subsystem's MaskingClientSelectableDeviceNumbers property is set to TRUE. If specified, this parameter must have a 1:1 mapping with the VirtualDiskNames parameter. |
838 | This parameter specifies the target ports which should be used when showing the virtual disks to the initiators. The number of target ports that can be specified depends on the subsystem's MaskingPortsPerView property. If MaskingPortsPerView is set to 4 - 'All target ports share the same view', this parameter is essentially ignored as all target ports on the system will be associated with this masking set. | This parameter specifies the target ports which should be used when showing the virtual disks to the initiators. The number of target ports that can be specified depends on the subsystem's MaskingPortsPerView property. If MaskingPortsPerView is set to 4 - 'All target ports share the same view', this parameter is essentially ignored as all target ports on the system will be associated with this masking set. |
839 | This parameter specifies the initiators for which the virtual disks should be shown. If the subsystem's MaskingOneInitiatorIdPerView property is TRUE, only one initiator can be specified for this masking set. The list of valid initiator address formats can be determined through the subsystem's MaskingValidInitiatorIdTypes property. | This parameter specifies the initiators for which the virtual disks should be shown. If the subsystem's MaskingOneInitiatorIdPerView property is TRUE, only one initiator can be specified for this masking set. The list of valid initiator address formats can be determined through the subsystem's MaskingValidInitiatorIdTypes property. |
841 | This method allows a user to set the description field of the storage subsystem. | This method allows a user to set the description field of the storage subsystem. |
844 | SMP | SMP |
845 | SMI-S | SMI-S |
846 | A user-friendly name of the storage provider. | A user-friendly name of the storage provider. |
847 | A string indicating the manufacturer of the SMP software. | A string indicating the manufacturer of the SMP software. |
848 | A version string used by the SMP manufacturer to differentiate between software versions. | A version string used by the SMP manufacturer to differentiate between software versions. |
849 | If the SMP is of type 2 - 'SMI-S', this field contains the name of the host running the SMI-S provider software. This field will be NULL otherwise. | If the SMP is of type 2 - 'SMI-S', this field contains the name of the host running the SMI-S provider software. This field will be NULL otherwise. |
850 | If the SMP is of type 2 - 'SMI-S', this field contains the protocol, computer host name, and port of the SMI-S server. This field will be NULL otherwise. | If the SMP is of type 2 - 'SMI-S', this field contains the protocol, computer host name, and port of the SMI-S server. This field will be NULL otherwise. |
851 | If the SMP is of type 2 - 'SMI-S', this field contains the protocol, IP address, and port of the SMI-S server. This field will be NULL otherwise. | If the SMP is of type 2 - 'SMI-S', this field contains the protocol, IP address, and port of the SMI-S server. This field will be NULL otherwise. |
852 | This method is used when a user wants to explicitly discover or re-enumerate objects owned by the storage provider. A call to this method could result in a full or partial cache invalidation and over-the-wire calls to the storage subsystem(s) in order to discover new or updated objects. As this is a time consuming task, it should be used sparingly by the user. The scope of the discovery operation is controlled by the DiscoveryLevel and RootObject parameters. DiscoveryLevel controls the depth of the object discovery. RootObject defines the starting point from which discovery will happen. |
This method is used when a user wants to explicitly discover or re-enumerate objects owned by the storage provider. A call to this method could result in a full or partial cache invalidation and over-the-wire calls to the storage subsystem(s) in order to discover new or updated objects. As this is a time consuming task, it should be used sparingly by the user. The scope of the discovery operation is controlled by the DiscoveryLevel and RootObject parameters. DiscoveryLevel controls the depth of the object discovery. RootObject defines the starting point from which discovery will happen. |
853 | The storage provider does not support a required profile. | The storage provider does not support a required profile. |
854 | The storage provider does not support a required association. | The storage provider does not support a required association. |
855 | This field denotes the level (or depth) of discovery that should be performed. This parameter can only be specified if the root object is a storage provider, storage subsystem, or NULL. When specified, the storage provider will discover objects starting from Level 0 and continuing until the specified level is reached. Associations between objects (within the discovered levels) will also be discovered. The discovery levels are defined as follows: 0 - 'Level 0': The storage provider and storage subsystem objects will be discovered. 1 - 'Level 1': Storage pools, resiliency settings, target ports, target portals, and initiator ids will be discovered. 2 - 'Level 2': Virtual disks and masking sets will be discovered. 3 - 'Level 3': Physical disks will be discovered. |
This field denotes the level (or depth) of discovery that should be performed. This parameter can only be specified if the root object is a storage provider, storage subsystem, or NULL. When specified, the storage provider will discover objects starting from Level 0 and continuing until the specified level is reached. Associations between objects (within the discovered levels) will also be discovered. The discovery levels are defined as follows: 0 - 'Level 0': The storage provider and storage subsystem objects will be discovered. 1 - 'Level 1': Storage pools, resiliency settings, target ports, target portals, and initiator ids will be discovered. 2 - 'Level 2': Virtual disks and masking sets will be discovered. 3 - 'Level 3': Physical disks will be discovered. |
856 | If this parameter is set, discovery will begin from this object. When DiscoveryLevel is NULL, well-defined actions will be taken depending on the type of object specified by RootObject: Storage subsystem: All associated objects will be discovered. Storage pool: The pool, along with any associated resiliency settings, virtual disks, and physical disks will be discovered. Masking set: The masking set, along with any associated target ports, initiator ids, and virtual disks will be discovered. For all other objects: Only that object will be discovered / refreshed. |
If this parameter is set, discovery will begin from this object. When DiscoveryLevel is NULL, well-defined actions will be taken depending on the type of object specified by RootObject: Storage subsystem: All associated objects will be discovered. Storage pool: The pool, along with any associated resiliency settings, virtual disks, and physical disks will be discovered. Masking set: The masking set, along with any associated target ports, initiator ids, and virtual disks will be discovered. For all other objects: Only that object will be discovered / refreshed. |
857 | This method registers a subsystem to be managed by this provider. Note that the subsystem must be compatible with the provider software. | This method registers a subsystem to be managed by this provider. Note that the subsystem must be compatible with the provider software. |
858 | Cannot register/unregister the storage subsystem on local host. | Cannot register/unregister the storage subsystem on local host. |
859 | This method unregisters a subsystem. The provider will no longer manage this subsystem. | This method unregisters a subsystem. The provider will no longer manage this subsystem. |
860 | The storage subsystem is not registered. | The storage subsystem is not registered. |
861 | This class is a representation of a particular Storage Management Provider (SMP) software package which is used to manage a storage subsystem. | This class is a representation of a particular Storage Management Provider (SMP) software package which is used to manage a storage subsystem. |
862 | In Process | In Process |
863 | Pending | Pending |
864 | Completely on tier | Completely on tier |
865 | Partially on tier | Partially on tier |
866 | Not on tier | Not on tier |
869 | This class manages file pinning. | This class manages file pinning. |
871 | The operating system's number for the disk that contains this partition. Disk numbers may not necessarily remain the same across reboots. | The operating system's number for the disk that contains this partition. Disk numbers may not necessarily remain the same across reboots. |
873 | The currently assigned drive letter to the partition. This property is NULL if no drive letter has been assigned. | The currently assigned drive letter to the partition. This property is NULL if no drive letter has been assigned. |
874 | This property is an array of all the various mount points for the partition. This list includes drive letters, as well as mounted folders. | This property is an array of all the various mount points for the partition. This list includes drive letters, as well as mounted folders. |
875 | Online | Online |
876 | No Media | No Media |
878 | Total size of the partition, measured in bytes. | Total size of the partition, measured in bytes. |
879 | This property indicates the partition's MBR type. This property is only valid when the disk's PartitionStyle property is set to 1 - 'MBR' and will be NULL for all other partition styles. | This property indicates the partition's MBR type. This property is only valid when the disk's PartitionStyle property is set to 1 - 'MBR' and will be NULL for all other partition styles. |
880 | FAT12 | FAT12 |
881 | Extended | Extended |
882 | Huge | Huge |
883 | IFS | IFS |
884 | This property indicates the partition's GPT type. This property is only valid when the disk's PartitionStyle property is set to 2 - 'GPT' and will be NULL for all other partition styles. | This property indicates the partition's GPT type. This property is only valid when the disk's PartitionStyle property is set to 2 - 'GPT' and will be NULL for all other partition styles. |
885 | System Partition | System Partition |
886 | Basic data | Basic data |
887 | LDM Metadata | LDM Metadata |
888 | LDM Data | LDM Data |
889 | Microsoft Recovery | Microsoft Recovery |
890 | This property is a string representation of the partition's GPT GUID. This property is only valid if the disk's PartitionStyle property is set to 2 - 'GPT' and will be NULL for all other partition stlyes. | This property is a string representation of the partition's GPT GUID. This property is only valid if the disk's PartitionStyle property is set to 2 - 'GPT' and will be NULL for all other partition stlyes. |
891 | Signifies whether or not the partition is active and can be booted. This property is only relevant for MBR disks. | Signifies whether or not the partition is active and can be booted. This property is only relevant for MBR disks. |
892 | If this property is set to TRUE, the partition is not detected by the mount manager. As a result, the partition does not receive a drive letter, does not receive a volume GUID path, does not host volume mount points, and is not enumerated by calls to FindFirstVolume and FindNextVolume. This ensures that applications such as disk defragmenter do not access the partition. The Volume Shadow Copy Service (VSS) uses this attribute on its shadow copies. | If this property is set to TRUE, the partition is not detected by the mount manager. As a result, the partition does not receive a drive letter, does not receive a volume GUID path, does not host volume mount points, and is not enumerated by calls to FindFirstVolume and FindNextVolume. This ensures that applications such as disk defragmenter do not access the partition. The Volume Shadow Copy Service (VSS) uses this attribute on its shadow copies. |
893 | If this property is set to TRUE, the partition is a shadow copy of another partition. This attribute is used by the Volume Shadow Copy service (VSS). This attribute is an indication for file system filter driver-based software (such as antivirus programs) to avoid attaching to the volume. An application can use this attribute to differentiate a shadow copy partition from a production partition. For example, an application that performs a fast recovery will break a shadow copy virtual disk by clearing the read-only and hidden attributes and this attribute. This attribute is set when the shadow copy is created and cleared when the shadow copy is broken. | If this property is set to TRUE, the partition is a shadow copy of another partition. This attribute is used by the Volume Shadow Copy service (VSS). This attribute is an indication for file system filter driver-based software (such as antivirus programs) to avoid attaching to the volume. An application can use this attribute to differentiate a shadow copy partition from a production partition. For example, an application that performs a fast recovery will break a shadow copy virtual disk by clearing the read-only and hidden attributes and this attribute. This attribute is set when the shadow copy is created and cleared when the shadow copy is broken. |
894 | If this property is set to TRUE, the operating system does not assign a drive letter automatically when the partition is discovered. This is only honored for GPT disks and is assumed to be FALSE for MBR disks. This attribute is useful in storage area network (SAN) environments. | If this property is set to TRUE, the operating system does not assign a drive letter automatically when the partition is discovered. This is only honored for GPT disks and is assumed to be FALSE for MBR disks. This attribute is useful in storage area network (SAN) environments. |
895 | Deletes the partition and corresponding volume. | Deletes the partition and corresponding volume. |
896 | In use | In use |
897 | The partition was deleted, although its access paths were not. | The partition was deleted, although its access paths were not. |
898 | The extended partition still contains other partitions. | The extended partition still contains other partitions. |
899 | The operation is not allowed on a system or critical partition. | The operation is not allowed on a system or critical partition. |
900 | This method returns all mount points and drive letters that can be used to access the partition. | This method returns all mount points and drive letters that can be used to access the partition. |
902 | The requested access path is already in use. | The requested access path is already in use. |
903 | Cannot assign access paths to hidden partitions. | Cannot assign access paths to hidden partitions. |
904 | The access path is not valid. | The access path is not valid. |
905 | Cannot assign multiple drive letters to a partition. | Cannot assign multiple drive letters to a partition. |
906 | Cannot assign drive letter to this type of partition. | Cannot assign drive letter to this type of partition. |
907 | This parameter is a string indicating the access path, which is a user-mode path that can be used to open the partition. An access path can be a drive letter (in the form C: or C:\) or a path to an empty directory on an NTFS volume. The access path string does not require a trailing backslash. | This parameter is a string indicating the access path, which is a user-mode path that can be used to open the partition. An access path can be a drive letter (in the form C: or C:\) or a path to an empty directory on an NTFS volume. The access path string does not require a trailing backslash. |
908 | If this parameter is specified as TRUE, the next available drive letter will be assigned to the partition. | If this parameter is specified as TRUE, the next available drive letter will be assigned to the partition. |
909 | This method removes the access path from the partition regardless of whether or not it is in use. | This method removes the access path from the partition regardless of whether or not it is in use. |
910 | Cannot remove a volume GUID path. | Cannot remove a volume GUID path. |
911 | Cannot remove the drive letter of a boot or paging file partition. | Cannot remove the drive letter of a boot or paging file partition. |
912 | This method resizes the partition and any associated filesystem to the size specified by the Size parameter. If the size is outside of the bounds returned by the GetSupportedSize method, then this method will fail with a well defined error code. The resize operation is only supported on NTFS formatted partitions and RAW partitions. If the specified size is smaller than the original size, this method will move files so that they are as close as possible to the beginning of the partition, in order to consolidate free space at the end of the partition. It then truncates the file system volume, reducing its size, and then truncates the partition. In almost all cases, there will be some files that are immovable. For example, file system and storage driver metadata files are likely to be immovable. For this reason, the amount by which a partition can be shrunk is usually less than the total amount of free space on the partition. |
This method resizes the partition and any associated filesystem to the size specified by the Size parameter. If the size is outside of the bounds returned by the GetSupportedSize method, then this method will fail with a well defined error code. The resize operation is only supported on NTFS formatted partitions and RAW partitions. If the specified size is smaller than the original size, this method will move files so that they are as close as possible to the beginning of the partition, in order to consolidate free space at the end of the partition. It then truncates the file system volume, reducing its size, and then truncates the partition. In almost all cases, there will be some files that are immovable. For example, file system and storage driver metadata files are likely to be immovable. For this reason, the amount by which a partition can be shrunk is usually less than the total amount of free space on the partition. |
913 | Cannot shrink a partition containing a volume with errors. | Cannot shrink a partition containing a volume with errors. |
914 | Cannot resize a partition containing an unknown file system. | Cannot resize a partition containing an unknown file system. |
915 | This method returns the minimum and maximum sizes that the partition can be resized to using the Resize method. The minimum size is determined by the disk defragmenter and takes into account the location of immovable files. The maximum size is determined by adding the size of any free extents immediately after the current partition. | This method returns the minimum and maximum sizes that the partition can be resized to using the Resize method. The minimum size is determined by the disk defragmenter and takes into account the location of immovable files. The maximum size is determined by adding the size of any free extents immediately after the current partition. |
916 | This output parameter contains the minimum size that this partition can become. Note that if this method is run multiple times, this value can change slightly depending on the placement of various temporary files. | This output parameter contains the minimum size that this partition can become. Note that if this method is run multiple times, this value can change slightly depending on the placement of various temporary files. |
917 | This output parameter contains the maximum size that this partition can become. | This output parameter contains the maximum size that this partition can become. |
919 | This operation is only supported on data partitions. | This operation is only supported on data partitions. |
921 | The volume still has access path to it. | The volume still has access path to it. |
922 | Sets various attributes and properties of the partition. | Sets various attributes and properties of the partition. |
923 | The disk has not been initialized. | The disk has not been initialized. |
924 | The disk is offline. | The disk is offline. |
925 | A parameter is not valid for this type of partition. | A parameter is not valid for this type of partition. |
926 | Represents a partition on a disk. | Represents a partition on a disk. |
927 | Path can be used to open an operating system handle to the disk device. | Path can be used to open an operating system handle to the disk device. |
930 | UniqueId of a disk contains the VPD Page 0x83 information that uniquely identifies this disk. The following types are accepted (in order of precedence): 8 - SCSI Name String; 3 - FCPH Name; 2 - EUI64, 1 - Vendor Id, 0 - Vendor Specific. If the disk is an exposed VirtualDisk, UniqueId is used map the association between the two objects. | UniqueId of a disk contains the VPD Page 0x83 information that uniquely identifies this disk. The following types are accepted (in order of precedence): 8 - SCSI Name String; 3 - FCPH Name; 2 - EUI64, 1 - Vendor Id, 0 - Vendor Specific. If the disk is an exposed VirtualDisk, UniqueId is used map the association between the two objects. |
931 | UniqueIdFormat informs the user what VPD Page 0x83 descriptor type was used to populate the UniqueId field. | UniqueIdFormat informs the user what VPD Page 0x83 descriptor type was used to populate the UniqueId field. |
932 | The operating system's number for the disk. Disk 0 is typically the boot device. Disk numbers may not necessarily remain the same across reboots. | The operating system's number for the disk. Disk 0 is typically the boot device. Disk numbers may not necessarily remain the same across reboots. |
933 | A string representation of the disk's serial number. | A string representation of the disk's serial number. |
934 | A string representation of the disk's firmware version. | A string representation of the disk's firmware version. |
935 | A string representation of the disk's hardware manufacturer. | A string representation of the disk's hardware manufacturer. |
936 | A string representation of the disk's model. | A string representation of the disk's model. |
937 | The total size of the disk, measured in bytes. | The total size of the disk, measured in bytes. |
938 | The amount of space currently used on the disk. | The amount of space currently used on the disk. |
939 | This field indicates the logical sector size of the disk in bytes. For example: a 4K native disk will report 4096, while a 512 emulated disk will report 512. | This field indicates the logical sector size of the disk in bytes. For example: a 4K native disk will report 4096, while a 512 emulated disk will report 512. |
940 | This field indicates the physical sector size of the disk in bytes. For example: both 4K native disks and 512 emulated disks will report 4096. | This field indicates the physical sector size of the disk in bytes. For example: both 4K native disks and 512 emulated disks will report 4096. |
941 | This field indicates the largest contiguous block of free space on the disk. This is also the largest size of a partition which can be created on the disk. | This field indicates the largest contiguous block of free space on the disk. This is also the largest size of a partition which can be created on the disk. |
942 | Denotes the provisioning type of the disk device. 1 - 'Thin' means that the storage for the disk is allocated on-demand. 2 - 'Fixed' means that the storage is allocated up front. |
Denotes the provisioning type of the disk device. 1 - 'Thin' means that the storage for the disk is allocated on-demand. 2 - 'Fixed' means that the storage is allocated up front. |
943 | Not Ready | Not Ready |
946 | Denotes the I/O bus type used by this disk. | Denotes the I/O bus type used by this disk. |
947 | MBR | MBR |
948 | GPT | GPT |
949 | The MBR signature of the disk. This property is only valid on MBR disks and will be NULL for all other disk types. | The MBR signature of the disk. This property is only valid on MBR disks and will be NULL for all other disk types. |
950 | The GPT guid of the disk. This property is only valid on GPT disks and will be NULL for all other disk types. | The GPT guid of the disk. This property is only valid on GPT disks and will be NULL for all other disk types. |
951 | If IsOffline is TRUE, this property informs the user of the specific reason for the disk being offline. 1 - 'Policy': The user requested the disk to be offline. 2 - 'Redundant Path': The disk is used for multi-path I/O. 3 - 'Snapshot': The disk is a snapshot disk. 4 - 'Collision': There was a signature or identifier collision with another disk. 5 - 'Resource Exhaustion': There were insufficient resources to bring the disk online. 6 - 'Critical Write Failures': There were critical write failures on the disk. 7 - 'Data Integrity Scan Required': A data integrity scan is required. |
If IsOffline is TRUE, this property informs the user of the specific reason for the disk being offline. 1 - 'Policy': The user requested the disk to be offline. 2 - 'Redundant Path': The disk is used for multi-path I/O. 3 - 'Snapshot': The disk is a snapshot disk. 4 - 'Collision': There was a signature or identifier collision with another disk. 5 - 'Resource Exhaustion': There were insufficient resources to bring the disk online. 6 - 'Critical Write Failures': There were critical write failures on the disk. 7 - 'Data Integrity Scan Required': A data integrity scan is required. |
952 | Policy | Policy |
953 | Redundant Path | Redundant Path |
954 | Snapshot | Snapshot |
955 | Collision | Collision |
956 | Resource Exhaustion | Resource Exhaustion |
957 | Critical Write Failures | Critical Write Failures |
958 | Data Integrity Scan Required | Data Integrity Scan Required |
959 | If IsSystem is TRUE, this disk contains the system partition. | If IsSystem is TRUE, this disk contains the system partition. |
960 | If IsClustered is TRUE, this disk is used in a clustered environment. | If IsClustered is TRUE, this disk is used in a clustered environment. |
961 | This property indicates that the computer has booted off of this disk. | This property indicates that the computer has booted off of this disk. |
963 | This method will attempt to create a new partition on the disk. By default, it creates a data partition using the largest available free extent. On MBR disks, CreatePartition will automatically create an extended partition when needed. | This method will attempt to create a new partition on the disk. By default, it creates a data partition using the largest available free extent. On MBR disks, CreatePartition will automatically create an extended partition when needed. |
964 | Disk is in use | Disk is in use |
965 | The disk is read only. | The disk is read only. |
966 | The disk's partition limit has been reached. | The disk's partition limit has been reached. |
967 | The specified partition alignment is not valid. It must be a multiple of the disk's sector size. | The specified partition alignment is not valid. It must be a multiple of the disk's sector size. |
968 | The specified partition type is not valid. | The specified partition type is not valid. |
969 | Only the first 2 TB are usable on MBR disks. | Only the first 2 TB are usable on MBR disks. |
970 | The specified offset is not valid. | The specified offset is not valid. |
971 | There is no media in the device. | There is no media in the device. |
972 | Operation not supported on a non-empty removable disk. | Operation not supported on a non-empty removable disk. |
973 | The specified partition layout is invalid. | The specified partition layout is invalid. |
974 | This parameter specifies the desired size (measured in bytes) for the partition. This must be equal to or less than the size specified by the disk's LargestFreeExtent property. This parameter cannot be used with UseMaximumSize. | This parameter specifies the desired size (measured in bytes) for the partition. This must be equal to or less than the size specified by the disk's LargestFreeExtent property. This parameter cannot be used with UseMaximumSize. |
975 | If set to TRUE, the partition will fill the largest free extent on the disk. This parameter cannot be used with the Size parameter. | If set to TRUE, the partition will fill the largest free extent on the disk. This parameter cannot be used with the Size parameter. |
977 | This parameter allows the user to specify a drive letter for the partition at the time of creation. This parameter cannot be used in conjunction with AssignDriveLetter. If both parameters are specified, an Invalid Parameter error will be returned. If the drive letter is not available, the partition will be created, but error '42002' will be returned. | This parameter allows the user to specify a drive letter for the partition at the time of creation. This parameter cannot be used in conjunction with AssignDriveLetter. If both parameters are specified, an Invalid Parameter error will be returned. If the drive letter is not available, the partition will be created, but error '42002' will be returned. |
978 | If AssignDriveLetter is set to TRUE, the next available drive letter will be assigned to the created partition. If no more drive letters are available, the partition will be created with no drive letter. This parameter cannot be used in conjunction with DriveLetter. If both parameters are specified, an Invalid Parameter error will be returned. | If AssignDriveLetter is set to TRUE, the next available drive letter will be assigned to the created partition. If no more drive letters are available, the partition will be created with no drive letter. This parameter cannot be used in conjunction with DriveLetter. If both parameters are specified, an Invalid Parameter error will be returned. |
979 | Specifies the MBR partition type. MbrType can only be set if the disk's PartitionStyle property is set to 1 - 'MBR', otherwise an error will be returned. If this parameter is not specified, CreatePartition will default to type 6 - 'Huge'. | Specifies the MBR partition type. MbrType can only be set if the disk's PartitionStyle property is set to 1 - 'MBR', otherwise an error will be returned. If this parameter is not specified, CreatePartition will default to type 6 - 'Huge'. |
980 | Specifies the GPT partition type. GptType is only valid if the disk's PartitionStyle property is set to 2 - 'GPT', otherwise an error will be returned. If this parameter is not specified, CreatePartition will default to {ebd0a0a2-b9e5-4433-87c0-68b6b72699c7} - 'Basic Data'. | Specifies the GPT partition type. GptType is only valid if the disk's PartitionStyle property is set to 2 - 'GPT', otherwise an error will be returned. If this parameter is not specified, CreatePartition will default to {ebd0a0a2-b9e5-4433-87c0-68b6b72699c7} - 'Basic Data'. |
981 | If TRUE, the partition will not be able to receive a drive letter assignment, nor will mount manager assign a volume GUID name. The partition will not be enumerated by the FindFirstVolume and FindNextVolume functions. The partition can be opened by its associated volume device name (i.e. \?GLOBALROOT\Device\HarddiskVolumeX). | If TRUE, the partition will not be able to receive a drive letter assignment, nor will mount manager assign a volume GUID name. The partition will not be enumerated by the FindFirstVolume and FindNextVolume functions. The partition can be opened by its associated volume device name (i.e. \?GLOBALROOT\Device\HarddiskVolumeX). |
982 | If TRUE, the partition's MBR active bit will be set, and the partition will become bootable. This parameter is only valid for MBR disks. | If TRUE, the partition's MBR active bit will be set, and the partition will become bootable. This parameter is only valid for MBR disks. |
983 | This method initializes a RAW disk with a particular partition style. If no partition style is specified, GPT will be selected by default. If the disk is already initialized, this method will fail with a well defined error code. | This method initializes a RAW disk with a particular partition style. If no partition style is specified, GPT will be selected by default. If the disk is already initialized, this method will fail with a well defined error code. |
984 | The disk has already been initialized. | The disk has already been initialized. |
985 | The disk is not large enough to support a GPT partition style. | The disk is not large enough to support a GPT partition style. |
986 | Specifies the desired partition style for the disk. If no value is given, Initialize will default to 2 - 'GPT'. | Specifies the desired partition style for the disk. If no value is given, Initialize will default to 2 - 'GPT'. |
987 | This method removes partition information and uninitializes a disk, sending it back into a RAW state. The caller must specify RemoveData, RemoveOEM or both with this method unless they first delete all data partitions, known OEM partitions, and ESP partitions on the disk. This requirement excludes metadata partitions such as the MSR, the LDM metadata partition, and unknown OEM partitions. | This method removes partition information and uninitializes a disk, sending it back into a RAW state. The caller must specify RemoveData, RemoveOEM or both with this method unless they first delete all data partitions, known OEM partitions, and ESP partitions on the disk. This requirement excludes metadata partitions such as the MSR, the LDM metadata partition, and unknown OEM partitions. |
988 | Cannot clear with OEM partitions present. To clear OEM partitions, use the RemoveOEM flag. | Cannot clear with OEM partitions present. To clear OEM partitions, use the RemoveOEM flag. |
989 | Cannot clear with data partitions present. To clear data partitions, use the RemoveData flag. | Cannot clear with data partitions present. To clear data partitions, use the RemoveData flag. |
991 | This parameter indicates that it is OK to remove data partitions from the disk. If this parameter is FALSE or NULL, Clear will fail in the presence of a data partition. | This parameter indicates that it is OK to remove data partitions from the disk. If this parameter is FALSE or NULL, Clear will fail in the presence of a data partition. |
992 | This parameter indicates that it is OK to remove OEM and other special partitions. If this parameter is FALSE or not specified, Clear will fail in the presence of these types of partitions. | This parameter indicates that it is OK to remove OEM and other special partitions. If this parameter is FALSE or not specified, Clear will fail in the presence of these types of partitions. |
993 | If TRUE, this parameter instructs Clear to zero out the entire disk in addition to removing all partition information. If the parameter is FALSE or NULL, only the first and last megabyte of the disk is zeroed. | If TRUE, this parameter instructs Clear to zero out the entire disk in addition to removing all partition information. If the parameter is FALSE or NULL, only the first and last megabyte of the disk is zeroed. |
994 | This method converts the partition style of an already initialized disk. | This method converts the partition style of an already initialized disk. |
995 | Operation not supported on a critical disk. | Operation not supported on a critical disk. |
996 | Cannot convert the style of a disk with data or other known partitions on it. | Cannot convert the style of a disk with data or other known partitions on it. |
997 | Takes the disk offline. | Takes the disk offline. |
998 | Brings the disk online. | Brings the disk online. |
999 | Sets various attributes and properties of the disk. The disk must be online for most attributes to be set. | Sets various attributes and properties of the disk. The disk must be online for most attributes to be set. |
1000 | If TRUE, the disk will be made read-only. If FALSE, the disk will become writable. | If TRUE, the disk will be made read-only. If FALSE, the disk will become writable. |
1001 | Sets the MBR signature of the disk. This parameter is only valid when the disk's PartitionStyle property is set to 1 - 'MBR'. An error will be returned if the disk is any other partition style. | Sets the MBR signature of the disk. This parameter is only valid when the disk's PartitionStyle property is set to 1 - 'MBR'. An error will be returned if the disk is any other partition style. |
1002 | Sets the GPT guid of the disk. This parameter is only valid when the disk's PartitionStyle property is set to 2 - 'GPT'. An error will be returned if the disk is any other partition style. | Sets the GPT guid of the disk. This parameter is only valid when the disk's PartitionStyle property is set to 2 - 'GPT'. An error will be returned if the disk is any other partition style. |
1003 | This method refreshes the cached disk layout information. This is useful when the backing disk has changed size (if the backing data store is a VHD or a virtual disk). | This method refreshes the cached disk layout information. This is useful when the backing disk has changed size (if the backing data store is a VHD or a virtual disk). |
1004 | A disk object models the operating system's concept of a disk device. The disk may be directly attached to the computer system, or a virtual disk exposed to the system through the use of a Storage Management Provider. | A disk object models the operating system's concept of a disk device. The disk may be directly attached to the computer system, or a virtual disk exposed to the system through the use of a Storage Management Provider. |
1006 | A system set description of the capabilities of the resiliency setting, including (but not limited to) when a setting should be used, its strengths and drawbacks, performance information, and any other information that the vendor feels is helpful to the user. | A system set description of the capabilities of the resiliency setting, including (but not limited to) when a setting should be used, its strengths and drawbacks, performance information, and any other information that the vendor feels is helpful to the user. |
1007 | This field reports the minimum number of complete copies of data that will be maintained by the storage pool. | This field reports the minimum number of complete copies of data that will be maintained by the storage pool. |
1008 | This field reports the maximum number of complete copies of data that can be maintained by the storage pool. | This field reports the maximum number of complete copies of data that can be maintained by the storage pool. |
1009 | This field is a user-settable preference for the number of complete data copies to maintain. Its value must be within the range defined by NumberofDataCopiesMin and NumberOfDataCopiesMax (inclusive). For new concrete pools, the default should be inherited from the corresponding primordial pool's capability. In the case of the primordial pool, the initial value for this field is left to the Storage Management Provider software. | This field is a user-settable preference for the number of complete data copies to maintain. Its value must be within the range defined by NumberofDataCopiesMin and NumberOfDataCopiesMax (inclusive). For new concrete pools, the default should be inherited from the corresponding primordial pool's capability. In the case of the primordial pool, the initial value for this field is left to the Storage Management Provider software. |
1010 | This field reports the minimum number of tolerable physical disk failures that can occur before data loss would occur. | This field reports the minimum number of tolerable physical disk failures that can occur before data loss would occur. |
1011 | This field reports the maximum number of tolerable physical disk failures that could occur before data loss would occur. | This field reports the maximum number of tolerable physical disk failures that could occur before data loss would occur. |
1012 | This field is a user-settable preference for how many physical disk failures a virtual disk should be able to withstand before data loss occurs. | This field is a user-settable preference for how many physical disk failures a virtual disk should be able to withstand before data loss occurs. |
1013 | This field describes the minimum number of underlying physical disks across which data can be striped in the common striping-based resiliency settings. | This field describes the minimum number of underlying physical disks across which data can be striped in the common striping-based resiliency settings. |
1014 | This field describes the maximum number of underlying physical disks across which data can be striped in the common striping-based resiliency settings. | This field describes the maximum number of underlying physical disks across which data can be striped in the common striping-based resiliency settings. |
1015 | This field is a user-settable preference for the number of underlying physical disks across which data should be striped. | This field is a user-settable preference for the number of underlying physical disks across which data should be striped. |
1016 | This field describes the minimum number of bytes that can form a strip in common striping-based resiliency settings. The strip is defined as the size of the portion of a stripe that lies on one physical disk. | This field describes the minimum number of bytes that can form a strip in common striping-based resiliency settings. The strip is defined as the size of the portion of a stripe that lies on one physical disk. |
1017 | This field describes the maximum number of bytes that can form a strip in common striping-based resiliency settings. The strip is defined as the size of the portion of a stripe that lies on one physical disk. | This field describes the maximum number of bytes that can form a strip in common striping-based resiliency settings. The strip is defined as the size of the portion of a stripe that lies on one physical disk. |
1018 | This field describes the desired number of bytes that will form a strip in common striping-based resiliency settings. The strip is defined as the size of the portion of a stripe that lies on one physical disk. Thus, Interleave * NumberOfColumns will yield the total size of one stripe. | This field describes the desired number of bytes that will form a strip in common striping-based resiliency settings. The strip is defined as the size of the portion of a stripe that lies on one physical disk. Thus, Interleave * NumberOfColumns will yield the total size of one stripe. |
1019 | This field specifies whether a parity-based resiliency setting is using a rotated or non-rotated parity layout. If the resiliency setting is not parity based, this field must be set to NULL | This field specifies whether a parity-based resiliency setting is using a rotated or non-rotated parity layout. If the resiliency setting is not parity based, this field must be set to NULL |
1021 | The desired number of full data copies to maintain. This value must be between NumberofDataCopiesMin and NumberofDataCopiesMax. | The desired number of full data copies to maintain. This value must be between NumberofDataCopiesMin and NumberofDataCopiesMax. |
1022 | The desired level of physical disk failure tolerance. This value must be between PhyscialDiskRedundancyMin and PhysicalDiskRedundancyMax. | The desired level of physical disk failure tolerance. This value must be between PhyscialDiskRedundancyMin and PhysicalDiskRedundancyMax. |
1023 | Specifies the desired number of physical disks to stripe data across. This value must be between NumberOfColumnsMin and NumberofColumnsMax. | Specifies the desired number of physical disks to stripe data across. This value must be between NumberOfColumnsMin and NumberofColumnsMax. |
1024 | If TRUE, this field instructs the storage provider (or subsystem) to automatically pick what it determines to be the best number of columns for this resiliency setting. If this field is TRUE, then the NumberOfColumnsDefault parameter must be NULL. | If TRUE, this field instructs the storage provider (or subsystem) to automatically pick what it determines to be the best number of columns for this resiliency setting. If this field is TRUE, then the NumberOfColumnsDefault parameter must be NULL. |
1025 | Specifies the desired size of a data strip on a single physical disk in a striping based resiliency setting. This value must be between InterleaveMin and InterleaveMax. | Specifies the desired size of a data strip on a single physical disk in a striping based resiliency setting. This value must be between InterleaveMin and InterleaveMax. |
1026 | ResiliencySetting is a detailed description of the resiliency capabilities offered by a storage pool. A storage pool can have one or more of these settings. It specifies a series of properties with a minimum, maximum, and default value. The minimum and maximum values may not reflect the current capabilities of the storage pool, but rather the ideal range of capabilities offered by the subsystem. The default values will be used when creating new virtual disks unless overridden. | ResiliencySetting is a detailed description of the resiliency capabilities offered by a storage pool. A storage pool can have one or more of these settings. It specifies a series of properties with a minimum, maximum, and default value. The minimum and maximum values may not reflect the current capabilities of the storage pool, but rather the ideal range of capabilities offered by the subsystem. The default values will be used when creating new virtual disks unless overridden. |
1027 | FriendlyName is a user-friendly name of the target port. | FriendlyName is a user-friendly name of the target port. |
1028 | This field is the node identifier / address. For Fibre Channel networks, this field should be the World-Wide Name (WWN) for the port, formatted as a hexadecimal string (16 characters long), with the most significant byte first. For example, a WWN address of 01:23:45:67:89:AB:CD:EF should be represented as 0123456789ABCDEF. For iSCSI networks, this field should be the IQN. |
This field is the node identifier / address. For Fibre Channel networks, this field should be the World-Wide Name (WWN) for the port, formatted as a hexadecimal string (16 characters long), with the most significant byte first. For example, a WWN address of 01:23:45:67:89:AB:CD:EF should be represented as 0123456789ABCDEF. For iSCSI networks, this field should be the IQN. |
1029 | The identifier of the controller to which this port belongs | The identifier of the controller to which this port belongs |
1030 | Denotes the role of this controller port. For iSCSI, this port must act as either a target or an initiator endpoint. Other transports allow a port to act as both an initiator and a target. | Denotes the role of this controller port. For iSCSI, this port must act as either a target or an initiator endpoint. Other transports allow a port to act as both an initiator and a target. |
1031 | Initiator | Initiator |
1032 | Target | Target |
1033 | Both Initiator and Target | Both Initiator and Target |
1034 | In some circumstances, a target port may be identifiable as a front-end or back-end port. For example: a storage array might have back-end ports to communicate with physical disks, and front-end ports to communicate with hosts. If there is no restriction on the use of the port, then the value should be set to 4 - 'Not restricted'. | In some circumstances, a target port may be identifiable as a front-end or back-end port. For example: a storage array might have back-end ports to communicate with physical disks, and front-end ports to communicate with hosts. If there is no restriction on the use of the port, then the value should be set to 4 - 'Not restricted'. |
1035 | Front-end only | Front-end only |
1036 | Back-end only | Back-end only |
1037 | Not restricted | Not restricted |
1038 | Indicates the current operating status of the target port. | Indicates the current operating status of the target port. |
1039 | Parallel SCSI | Parallel SCSI |
1040 | IEEE 1394 | IEEE 1394 |
1041 | RDMA | RDMA |
1042 | ADT | ADT |
1043 | A string representation of the vendor defined connection type. This field should only be set if ConnectionType is set to 1 - 'Other'. | A string representation of the vendor defined connection type. This field should only be set if ConnectionType is set to 1 - 'Other'. |
1044 | Ethernet | Ethernet |
1045 | IB | IB |
1046 | FC | FC |
1047 | FDDI | FDDI |
1048 | ATM | ATM |
1049 | Token Ring | Token Ring |
1050 | Frame Relay | Frame Relay |
1051 | Infrared | Infrared |
1053 | Wireless LAN | Wireless LAN |
1054 | A string representation of the vendor defined link technology. This field should only be set if LinkTechnology is set to 1 - 'Other'. | A string representation of the vendor defined link technology. This field should only be set if LinkTechnology is set to 1 - 'Other'. |
1055 | The current bandwidth of the port in bits per second. For ports that vary in bandwidth or for those where no accurate estimation can be made, this property should contain the nominal bandwidth for the port. | The current bandwidth of the port in bits per second. For ports that vary in bandwidth or for those where no accurate estimation can be made, this property should contain the nominal bandwidth for the port. |
1056 | bits/sec | bits/sec |
1057 | The maximum bandwidth of the port in bits per second | The maximum bandwidth of the port in bits per second |
1058 | An array of strings that represent the various network addresses for the target port. The type and format of these addresses depend on the PortType. | An array of strings that represent the various network addresses for the target port. The type and format of these addresses depend on the PortType. |
1059 | Indicates the specific mode currently enabled for the port. If the port is logged in, this will be the negotiated port type. Otherwise, the configured port type will be reported. | Indicates the specific mode currently enabled for the port. If the port is logged in, this will be the negotiated port type. Otherwise, the configured port type will be reported. |
1060 | N | N |
1061 | NL | NL |
1062 | F/NL | F/NL |
1063 | Nx | Nx |
1064 | E | E |
1065 | F | F |
1066 | FL | FL |
1067 | B | B |
1068 | G | G |
1069 | 10BaseT | 10BaseT |
1070 | 10-100BaseT | 10-100BaseT |
1071 | 100BaseT | 100BaseT |
1072 | 1000BaseT | 1000BaseT |
1073 | 2500BaseT | 2500BaseT |
1074 | 10GBaseT | 10GBaseT |
1075 | 10GBase-CX4 | 10GBase-CX4 |
1076 | 100Base-FX | 100Base-FX |
1077 | 100Base-SX | 100Base-SX |
1078 | 1000Base-SX | 1000Base-SX |
1079 | 1000Base-LX | 1000Base-LX |
1080 | 1000Base-CX | 1000Base-CX |
1081 | 10GBase-SR | 10GBase-SR |
1082 | 10GBase-SW | 10GBase-SW |
1083 | 10GBase-LX4 | 10GBase-LX4 |
1084 | 10GBase-LR | 10GBase-LR |
1085 | 10GBase-LW | 10GBase-LW |
1086 | 10GBase-ER | 10GBase-ER |
1087 | 10GBase-EW | 10GBase-EW |
1088 | A target port represents an instance of an endpoint in a storage subsystem with associated properties for showing and hiding virtual disks. Fibre Channel, Serial Attached SCSI, or iSCSI ports within a storage subsystem controller are all examples of target ports. | A target port represents an instance of an endpoint in a storage subsystem with associated properties for showing and hiding virtual disks. Fibre Channel, Serial Attached SCSI, or iSCSI ports within a storage subsystem controller are all examples of target ports. |
1089 | The IPv4 address that this portal / endpoint uses. | The IPv4 address that this portal / endpoint uses. |
1090 | The IPv6 address that this portal / endpoint uses. | The IPv6 address that this portal / endpoint uses. |
1091 | The mask for the IPv4 address of this portal / endpoint, if one is defined. | The mask for the IPv4 address of this portal / endpoint, if one is defined. |
1092 | The port number used by this portal / endpoint | The port number used by this portal / endpoint |
1093 | TargetPortal is an endpoint used by IP based storage networks (such as iSCSI). It provides initiators the IP address for which they should discover target ports on. | TargetPortal is an endpoint used by IP based storage networks (such as iSCSI). It provides initiators the IP address for which they should discover target ports on. |
1094 | This field contains the address or unique identifier for the corresponding initiator port. | This field contains the address or unique identifier for the corresponding initiator port. |
1095 | This field specifies the type of the identifier used for initiator address. | This field specifies the type of the identifier used for initiator address. |
1096 | PortWWN | PortWWN |
1097 | Hostname | Hostname |
1098 | SwitchWWN | SwitchWWN |
1099 | SASAddress | SASAddress |
1100 | This field specifies the operating system, version, driver, and other host environment factors that influence the behavior exposed by storage systems. | This field specifies the operating system, version, driver, and other host environment factors that influence the behavior exposed by storage systems. |
1101 | When the corresponding array entry in HostType[] is "Other", this entry provides a string describing the manufacturer and OS/Environment. When the corresponding HostType[] entry is not "Other", this entry allows variations or qualifications of ClientTypes - for example, different versions of Solaris. | When the corresponding array entry in HostType[] is "Other", this entry provides a string describing the manufacturer and OS/Environment. When the corresponding HostType[] entry is not "Other", this entry allows variations or qualifications of ClientTypes - for example, different versions of Solaris. |
1102 | Allows the user to delete an instance of an initiator id | Allows the user to delete an instance of an initiator id |
1103 | This object represents the storage subsystem's view of an initiator port. This is used in conjunction with target port to establish which initiator port is allowed to access to the subsystem's virtual disks. | This object represents the storage subsystem's view of an initiator port. This is used in conjunction with target port to establish which initiator port is allowed to access to the subsystem's virtual disks. |
1104 | Not present | Not present |
1105 | Fabric | Fabric |
1106 | Public Loop | Public Loop |
1107 | FL Port | FL Port |
1108 | Fabric Port | Fabric Port |
1109 | Fabric expansion port | Fabric expansion port |
1110 | Generic Fabric Port | Generic Fabric Port |
1111 | Private Loop | Private Loop |
1112 | Point to Point | Point to Point |
1113 | SAS Expander | SAS Expander |
1114 | Operational | Operational |
1115 | User Offline | User Offline |
1116 | Bypassed | Bypassed |
1117 | In diagnostics mode | In diagnostics mode |
1118 | Link Down | Link Down |
1119 | Port Error | Port Error |
1120 | Loopback | Loopback |
1121 | Allows setting the NodeAddress for an iSCSI initiator port by passing an IQN as the NodeAddress string. | Allows setting the NodeAddress for an iSCSI initiator port by passing an IQN as the NodeAddress string. |
1122 | This class represents a Host Bus Adapter (HBA) an initiator port on the host system. | This class represents a Host Bus Adapter (HBA) an initiator port on the host system. |
1123 | Name is a human-readable string used to identify a storage node. | Name is a human-readable string used to identify a storage node. |
1124 | This field is an array of custom identifier for the node. If this field is set, the OtherIdentifyingInfoDescription field must also be set. | This field is an array of custom identifier for the node. If this field is set, the OtherIdentifyingInfoDescription field must also be set. |
1125 | Indicates the current status of the node. | Indicates the current status of the node. |
1126 | Up | Up |
1127 | Down | Down |
1128 | Joining | Joining |
1129 | Paused | Paused |
1130 | Represents a storage node in a cluster. | Represents a storage node in a cluster. |
1131 | Association between StorageSubSystem and StorageNode | Association between StorageSubSystem and StorageNode |
1132 | Association between Disk and Partition | Association between Disk and Partition |
1133 | Association between StorageProvider and StorageSubSystem | Association between StorageProvider and StorageSubSystem |
1134 | Association between Partition and Volume | Association between Partition and Volume |
1135 | Association between StorageSubSystem and StoragePool | Association between StorageSubSystem and StoragePool |
1136 | Association between StorageSubSystem and PhysicalDisk. This association should include all physical disks that the subsystem is aware of. | Association between StorageSubSystem and PhysicalDisk. This association should include all physical disks that the subsystem is aware of. |
1137 | Association between StorageSubSystem and VirtualDisk | Association between StorageSubSystem and VirtualDisk |
1138 | Association between StorageNode and StoragePool. | Association between StorageNode and StoragePool. |
1139 | Association between StorageNode and PhysicalDisk. | Association between StorageNode and PhysicalDisk. |
1140 | Association between StorageNode and VirtualDisk. | Association between StorageNode and VirtualDisk. |
1142 | Association between StoragePool and ResiliencySetting | Association between StoragePool and ResiliencySetting |
1143 | Association between StoragePool and VirtualDisk. This association should only exist for concrete pools. | Association between StoragePool and VirtualDisk. This association should only exist for concrete pools. |
1144 | Association between VirtualDisk and Disk | Association between VirtualDisk and Disk |
1145 | Association between StorageSubSystem and TargetPort | Association between StorageSubSystem and TargetPort |
1146 | Association between MaskingSet and TargetPort | Association between MaskingSet and TargetPort |
1147 | Association between StorageSubSystem and InitiatorId | Association between StorageSubSystem and InitiatorId |
1148 | Association between MaskingSet and InitiatorId | Association between MaskingSet and InitiatorId |
1149 | Association between TargetPort and VirtualDisk | Association between TargetPort and VirtualDisk |
1150 | Association between StorageSubSystem and MaskingSet | Association between StorageSubSystem and MaskingSet |
1151 | Association between MaskingSet and VirtualDisk | Association between MaskingSet and VirtualDisk |
1153 | This field indicates the class of the object which caused the indication. For example: if the object causing the indication is a storage pool, this field should be set to MSFT_StoragePool (not the vendor derived class). | This field indicates the class of the object which caused the indication. For example: if the object causing the indication is a storage pool, this field should be set to MSFT_StoragePool (not the vendor derived class). |
1154 | This field allows the Storage Management Provider (SMP) to provide a brief description explaining the indication. | This field allows the Storage Management Provider (SMP) to provide a brief description explaining the indication. |
1157 | Base storage event indication | Base storage event indication |
1158 | Storage arrival events are used whenever a storage object is added or created. | Storage arrival events are used whenever a storage object is added or created. |
1159 | Storage departure events are used whenever a storage object is removed or deleted. | Storage departure events are used whenever a storage object is removed or deleted. |
1160 | Storage modification events are used when the underlying state of an object has changed. Not all properties should be tracked (for example AllocatedSize may change so frequently that sending events would be impractical). At a minimum, an event should be sent any time an objects HealthStatus or OperationalStatus properties change. | Storage modification events are used when the underlying state of an object has changed. Not all properties should be tracked (for example AllocatedSize may change so frequently that sending events would be impractical). At a minimum, an event should be sent any time an objects HealthStatus or OperationalStatus properties change. |
1161 | This field describes the type of alert being received. | This field describes the type of alert being received. |
1162 | Thin provisioning threshold reached | Thin provisioning threshold reached |
1163 | Storage alert event | Storage alert event |
1165 | Online All | Online All |
1166 | Offline Shared | Offline Shared |
1167 | Offline All | Offline All |
1168 | Offline Internal | Offline Internal |
1169 | Describes the policy for the files that the automatic data integrity scanner will scrub. 0 - 'Off': No files will be scrubbed. 1 - 'Integrity Streams': Only files with integrity streams will be scrubbed. 2 - 'All': All files will be scrubbed. |
Describes the policy for the files that the automatic data integrity scanner will scrub. 0 - 'Off': No files will be scrubbed. 1 - 'Integrity Streams': Only files with integrity streams will be scrubbed. 2 - 'All': All files will be scrubbed. |
1170 | Off | Off |
1171 | Integrity Streams | Integrity Streams |
1172 | All | All |
1178 | Gets the current state of all storage settings for the computer. | Gets the current state of all storage settings for the computer. |
1179 | Sets the state of various storage settings on this computer. Only the parameters specified will be set on the system. | Sets the state of various storage settings on this computer. Only the parameters specified will be set on the system. |
1180 | Updates the internal cache of software objects (i.e. Disks, Partitions, Volumes). This is useful if there was extensive change to the storage layout exposed to that computer. | Updates the internal cache of software objects (i.e. Disks, Partitions, Volumes). This is useful if there was extensive change to the storage layout exposed to that computer. |
1181 | This class manages various operating system wide settings related to storage management. | This class manages various operating system wide settings related to storage management. |
1182 | Association between VirtualDisk and PhysicalDisk. A virtual disk and a physical disk are associated when the virtual disk has data residing on the physical disk. | Association between VirtualDisk and PhysicalDisk. A virtual disk and a physical disk are associated when the virtual disk has data residing on the physical disk. |
1183 | The point in time that the virtual disks were synchronized. | The point in time that the virtual disks were synchronized. |
1184 | Boolean indicating whether synchronization is maintained. | Boolean indicating whether synchronization is maintained. |
1186 | Initialized | Initialized |
1187 | Unsynchronized | Unsynchronized |
1188 | Synchronized | Synchronized |
1189 | Broken | Broken |
1190 | Fractured | Fractured |
1191 | Inactive | Inactive |
1192 | Failedover | Failedover |
1193 | Prepared | Prepared |
1194 | Skewed | Skewed |
1195 | Mixed | Mixed |
1196 | RequestedCopyState is an integer enumeration that indicates the last requested or desired state for the association. The actual state of the association is represented by CopyState. Note that when CopyState reaches the requested state, this property will be set to 'Not Applicable. | RequestedCopyState is an integer enumeration that indicates the last requested or desired state for the association. The actual state of the association is represented by CopyState. Note that when CopyState reaches the requested state, this property will be set to 'Not Applicable. |
1197 | SyncType describes the intended outcome of the replication. Values are: 6 - 'Mirror': create and maintain a copy of the source. 7 - 'Snapshot': create a point-in-time, virtual copy of the source. 8 - 'Clone': create a point-in-time, full copy the source. |
SyncType describes the intended outcome of the replication. Values are: 6 - 'Mirror': create and maintain a copy of the source. 7 - 'Snapshot': create a point-in-time, virtual copy of the source. 8 - 'Clone': create a point-in-time, full copy the source. |
1198 | Mirror | Mirror |
1199 | Clone | Clone |
1200 | Mode describes whether the target elements will be updated synchronously or asynchronously. If NULL, implementation decides the mode. | Mode describes whether the target elements will be updated synchronously or asynchronously. If NULL, implementation decides the mode. |
1201 | Synchronous | Synchronous |
1202 | Asynchronous | Asynchronous |
1204 | Initializing | Initializing |
1205 | Preparing | Preparing |
1206 | Synchronizing | Synchronizing |
1207 | Resyncing | Resyncing |
1208 | Restoring | Restoring |
1209 | Fracturing | Fracturing |
1210 | Splitting | Splitting |
1211 | Failing over | Failing over |
1212 | Failing back | Failing back |
1213 | Aborting | Aborting |
1214 | Suspending | Suspending |
1215 | Requires fracture | Requires fracture |
1216 | Requires resync | Requires resync |
1217 | Requires activate | Requires activate |
1218 | Detaching | Detaching |
1219 | Specifies the percent of the work completed to reach synchronization. Must be set to NULL if implementation is not capable of providing this information. | Specifies the percent of the work completed to reach synchronization. Must be set to NULL if implementation is not capable of providing this information. |
1220 | CopyType describes the Replication Policy. Values are: 2 - 'Async': create and maintain an asynchronous copy of the source. 3 - 'Sync': create and maintain a synchronized copy of the source. 4 - 'UnSyncAssoc': create an unsynchronized copy and maintain an association to the source. 5 - 'UnSyncUnAssoc': create an unsynchronized copy with a temporary association that is deleted upon completion of the copy operation. |
CopyType describes the Replication Policy. Values are: 2 - 'Async': create and maintain an asynchronous copy of the source. 3 - 'Sync': create and maintain a synchronized copy of the source. 4 - 'UnSyncAssoc': create an unsynchronized copy and maintain an association to the source. 5 - 'UnSyncUnAssoc': create an unsynchronized copy with a temporary association that is deleted upon completion of the copy operation. |
1221 | Async | Async |
1222 | Sync | Sync |
1223 | UnSyncAssoc | UnSyncAssoc |
1224 | UnSyncUnAssoc | UnSyncUnAssoc |
1225 | ReplicaType provides information on how the Replica is being maintained. Values are: 2 - 'Full Copy': This indicates that a full copy of the source object is (or will be) generated . 3 - 'Before Delta': This indicates that the source object will be maintained as a delta data from the replica. 4 - 'After Delta': This indicates that the replica will be maintained as delta data from the source object. 5 - 'Log': This indicates that the replica object is being maintained as a log of changes to the source. 0 - 'Not Specified': The method of maintaining the copy is not specified. |
ReplicaType provides information on how the Replica is being maintained. Values are: 2 - 'Full Copy': This indicates that a full copy of the source object is (or will be) generated . 3 - 'Before Delta': This indicates that the source object will be maintained as a delta data from the replica. 4 - 'After Delta': This indicates that the replica will be maintained as delta data from the source object. 5 - 'Log': This indicates that the replica object is being maintained as a log of changes to the source. 0 - 'Not Specified': The method of maintaining the copy is not specified. |
1226 | Not Specified | Not Specified |
1227 | Full Copy | Full Copy |
1228 | Before Delta | Before Delta |
1229 | After Delta | After Delta |
1230 | Log | Log |
1231 | SyncState describes the state of the association with respect to Replication activity. Values are: 2 - 'Initialized': The link to enable replication is established and source/replica elements are associated, but the Copy engine has not started. 3 - 'PrepareInProgress': Preparation for Replication is in progress and the Copy engine has started. 4 - 'Prepared': All necessary preparation has completed. 5 - 'ResyncInProgress': Synchronization or Resynchronization is in progress. This may be the initial 'copy' or subsequent changes being copied. 6 - 'Synchronized': An Async or Sync replication is currently synchronized. When this value is set, SyncMaintained will be true. 7 - 'FractureInProgress': An operation to fracture an Async or Sync replication is in progress. 8 - 'QuiesceInProgress': A quiesce operation is in progress. 9 - 'Quiesced': The replication has been quiesced and is ready for a change. 10 - 'RestoreInProgress': An operation is in progress to copy the Synced object to the System object. 11 - 'Idle': The 'normal' state for an UnSyncAssoc replica. 12 - 'Broken': The relationship is non-functional due to errors in the source, the target, the path between the two or space constraints. 13 - 'Fractured': An Async or Sync replication is fractured. 14 - 'Frozen': All blocks copied from source to an UnSyncAssoc replica and the copy engine is stopped. 15 - 'CopyInProgress': A deferred background copy operation is in progress to copy the source to the replica target for an UnSyncAssoc association. |
SyncState describes the state of the association with respect to Replication activity. Values are: 2 - 'Initialized': The link to enable replication is established and source/replica elements are associated, but the Copy engine has not started. 3 - 'PrepareInProgress': Preparation for Replication is in progress and the Copy engine has started. 4 - 'Prepared': All necessary preparation has completed. 5 - 'ResyncInProgress': Synchronization or Resynchronization is in progress. This may be the initial 'copy' or subsequent changes being copied. 6 - 'Synchronized': An Async or Sync replication is currently synchronized. When this value is set, SyncMaintained will be true. 7 - 'FractureInProgress': An operation to fracture an Async or Sync replication is in progress. 8 - 'QuiesceInProgress': A quiesce operation is in progress. 9 - 'Quiesced': The replication has been quiesced and is ready for a change. 10 - 'RestoreInProgress': An operation is in progress to copy the Synced object to the System object. 11 - 'Idle': The 'normal' state for an UnSyncAssoc replica. 12 - 'Broken': The relationship is non-functional due to errors in the source, the target, the path between the two or space constraints. 13 - 'Fractured': An Async or Sync replication is fractured. 14 - 'Frozen': All blocks copied from source to an UnSyncAssoc replica and the copy engine is stopped. 15 - 'CopyInProgress': A deferred background copy operation is in progress to copy the source to the replica target for an UnSyncAssoc association. |
1232 | PrepareInProgress | PrepareInProgress |
1233 | ResyncInProgress | ResyncInProgress |
1234 | Fracture In Progress | Fracture In Progress |
1235 | QuiesceInProgress | QuiesceInProgress |
1236 | Quiesced | Quiesced |
1237 | Restore In Progresss | Restore In Progresss |
1238 | Idle | Idle |
1239 | Frozen | Frozen |
1240 | Copy In Progress | Copy In Progress |
1241 | CopyPriority allows the priority of background copy engine I/O to be managed relative to host I/O operations during a sequential background copy operation. Values are: 1 - 'Low': copy engine I/O lower priority than host I/O. 2 - 'Same': copy engine I/O has the same priority as host I/O. 3 - 'High': copy engine I/O has higher priority than host I/O. |
CopyPriority allows the priority of background copy engine I/O to be managed relative to host I/O operations during a sequential background copy operation. Values are: 1 - 'Low': copy engine I/O lower priority than host I/O. 2 - 'Same': copy engine I/O has the same priority as host I/O. 3 - 'High': copy engine I/O has higher priority than host I/O. |
1242 | Not Managed | Not Managed |
1243 | Low | Low |
1244 | Same | Same |
1245 | High | High |
1247 | Implementation decides | Implementation decides |
1248 | Incremental-Copy | Incremental-Copy |
1249 | Differential-Copy | Differential-Copy |
1250 | Copy-On-Write | Copy-On-Write |
1251 | Copy-On-Access | Copy-On-Access |
1252 | Delta-Update | Delta-Update |
1253 | Snap-And-Clone | Snap-And-Clone |
1254 | Association between VirtualDisk and VirtualDisk Snapshots / Clones | Association between VirtualDisk and VirtualDisk Snapshots / Clones |
1255 | Association between InitiatorId and VirtualDisk | Association between InitiatorId and VirtualDisk |
1256 | Association between TargetPort and TargetPortal | Association between TargetPort and TargetPortal |
1257 | Association between a StorageJob and objects affected by the job's operation. Instances of this association should only exist once the storage job has been completed, and should remain for a period of time (recommended 24-hours) after. | Association between a StorageJob and objects affected by the job's operation. Instances of this association should only exist once the storage job has been completed, and should remain for a period of time (recommended 24-hours) after. |
1258 | ISO | ISO |
1259 | VHD | VHD |
1260 | VHDX | VHDX |
1261 | Indicates that the drive letter shouldn't be assigned after attach. | Indicates that the drive letter shouldn't be assigned after attach. |
1262 | Represents a disk image on the system. | Represents a disk image on the system. |
1263 | SetDisk | SetDisk |
1264 | SetPartition | SetPartition |
1265 | SetPhysicalDisk | SetPhysicalDisk |
1266 | SetStoragePool | SetStoragePool |
1267 | SetVirtualDisk | SetVirtualDisk |
1268 | SetStorageTier | SetStorageTier |
1269 | AddPhysicalDisk | AddPhysicalDisk |
1270 | RemovePhysicalDisk | RemovePhysicalDisk |
1271 | Private methods used for mapping cmdlets to WMI methods. These methods should not be used directly and can change without notice. | Private methods used for mapping cmdlets to WMI methods. These methods should not be used directly and can change without notice. |
1272 | Supports transfer of data using tokens across different subystems. | Supports transfer of data using tokens across different subystems. |
1273 | Maximum number of tokens avaiable per subsystem | Maximum number of tokens avaiable per subsystem |
1274 | Number of tokens in use for the subsystem. | Number of tokens in use for the subsystem. |
1275 | This class exposes offload data transfer (ODX) settings for a subsystem. | This class exposes offload data transfer (ODX) settings for a subsystem. |
1276 | Association between StorageSubSystem and OffloadDataTransferSettings | Association between StorageSubSystem and OffloadDataTransferSettings |
1277 | Association between DiskImage and Volume | Association between DiskImage and Volume |
1278 | Association between StorageSubsystem and TargetPortal | Association between StorageSubsystem and TargetPortal |
1279 | Gets the file integrity information for the specified file. | Gets the file integrity information for the specified file. |
1280 | The file to get the integrity information for. | The file to get the integrity information for. |
1281 | The file integrity information. | The file integrity information. |
1282 | Scrubs the data for the specified file. | Scrubs the data for the specified file. |
1283 | The file to scrub. | The file to scrub. |
1284 | Sets the file integrity state for the specified file. | Sets the file integrity state for the specified file. |
1285 | The file to set the integrity information for. | The file to set the integrity information for. |
1286 | Specifies whether or not integrity streams are enabled for this file. | Specifies whether or not integrity streams are enabled for this file. |
1287 | Specifies whether or not integrity streams are enforced for this file. | Specifies whether or not integrity streams are enforced for this file. |
1288 | This class manages file integrity. | This class manages file integrity. |
1290 | The current temperature of the storage device in Celsius. | The current temperature of the storage device in Celsius. |
1291 | The maximum temperature in Celsius at which the storage device is capable of normal operation. | The maximum temperature in Celsius at which the storage device is capable of normal operation. |
1292 | Total read errors encountered by the storage device. | Total read errors encountered by the storage device. |
1293 | Read errors corrected by the storage device. | Read errors corrected by the storage device. |
1294 | Read errors not corrected by the storage device. | Read errors not corrected by the storage device. |
1295 | Total write errors encountered by the storage device. | Total write errors encountered by the storage device. |
1296 | Write errors corrected by the storage device. | Write errors corrected by the storage device. |
1297 | Write errors not corrected by the storage device. | Write errors not corrected by the storage device. |
1298 | Year and week of storage device manufacture. | Year and week of storage device manufacture. |
1299 | Number of start-stop cycles performed by the storage device. | Number of start-stop cycles performed by the storage device. |
1301 | Number of load-unload cycles performed by the storage device. | Number of load-unload cycles performed by the storage device. |
1303 | Storage device wear indicator, in percentage. At 100 percent, the estimated wear limit will have been reached. | Storage device wear indicator, in percentage. At 100 percent, the estimated wear limit will have been reached. |
1304 | Length of time, in hours, the storage device has been powered on since manufacture. | Length of time, in hours, the storage device has been powered on since manufacture. |
1306 | This error is of the type 'Software Error'. | This error is of the type 'Software Error'. |
1307 | Corresponds to the SMP's StorageProvider.Name field. | Corresponds to the SMP's StorageProvider.Name field. |
1308 | This field is the message displayed to the user. %1 should be replaced with the corresponding storage provider's Name field. %2 should be replaced with the error message. | This field is the message displayed to the user. %1 should be replaced with the corresponding storage provider's Name field. %2 should be replaced with the error message. |
1309 | This error is informative only. | This error is informative only. |
1310 | This field should contain the CIM Object Path to the SMP storage provider object. | This field should contain the CIM Object Path to the SMP storage provider object. |
1311 | ErrorSourceFormat should be the CIM Object Path. | ErrorSourceFormat should be the CIM Object Path. |
1313 | This field denotes the specific error code used for 'Cache out of date'. | This field denotes the specific error code used for 'Cache out of date'. |
1314 | This field is the message displayed to the user. %1 should be replaced with the corresponding storage provider's Name field. %2 can be replaced with extra error information. | This field is the message displayed to the user. %1 should be replaced with the corresponding storage provider's Name field. %2 can be replaced with extra error information. |
1315 | This field denotes the specific error code used for 'Access Denied'. | This field denotes the specific error code used for 'Access Denied'. |
1316 | This field is the message displayed to the user. %1 should be replaced with the corresponding storage provider's Name field. %2 should be replaced with the subsystem FriendlyName. %3 can be replaced with extra error information. | This field is the message displayed to the user. %1 should be replaced with the corresponding storage provider's Name field. %2 should be replaced with the subsystem FriendlyName. %3 can be replaced with extra error information. |
1317 | This field denotes the specific error code used for 'Not in Cache'. | This field denotes the specific error code used for 'Not in Cache'. |
1318 | Denotes whether this subsystem supports automatic object clustering. | Denotes whether this subsystem supports automatic object clustering. |
1320 | SetStorageSubSystem | SetStorageSubSystem |
1322 | This parameter allows the user to specify the FriendlyName at the time of the volume creation. FriendlyNames are expected to be descriptive, however they are not required to be unique. The filesystem's label will also be set to this friendly name. | This parameter allows the user to specify the FriendlyName at the time of the volume creation. FriendlyNames are expected to be descriptive, however they are not required to be unique. The filesystem's label will also be set to this friendly name. |
1323 | Specifies the file system to format the created volume. Specifying a CSV file system is only supported on a storage spaces subsystem. For CSV the pool must be clusterable and the volume created will be a cluster shared volume. | Specifies the file system to format the created volume. Specifying a CSV file system is only supported on a storage spaces subsystem. For CSV the pool must be clusterable and the volume created will be a cluster shared volume. |
1324 | If set to a valid access path, the system will attempt to use this path as a way to access the local volume. If the access path could not be set, or this parameter was left NULL, a new access path will be automatically assigned. | If set to a valid access path, the system will attempt to use this path as a way to access the local volume. If the access path could not be set, or this parameter was left NULL, a new access path will be automatically assigned. |
1325 | Manual-Discovery | Manual-Discovery |
1326 | This method sets the attributes of the provider. | This method sets the attributes of the provider. |
1328 | Disabled | Disabled |
1329 | This method is used to flush the cached data in the volume's file system to disk. | This method is used to flush the cached data in the volume's file system to disk. |
1333 | NVMe | NVMe |
1334 | PassThroughIds is a comma-separated list of all implementation specific keys. It is used by storage management applications to access the vendor proprietary object model. This field should be in the form: key1='value1',key2='value2'. | PassThroughIds is a comma-separated list of all implementation specific keys. It is used by storage management applications to access the vendor proprietary object model. This field should be in the form: key1='value1',key2='value2'. |
1335 | A string that uniquely identifies the entity that owns the definition of the format of the Message described in this instance. OwningEntity must include a copyrighted, trademarked or otherwise unique name that is owned by the business entity or standards body defining the format. | A string that uniquely identifies the entity that owns the definition of the format of the Message described in this instance. OwningEntity must include a copyrighted, trademarked or otherwise unique name that is owned by the business entity or standards body defining the format. |
1336 | Indicates whether this physical disk is partially consumed by a system or service whose use is outside of normal storage pool operations. | Indicates whether this physical disk is partially consumed by a system or service whose use is outside of normal storage pool operations. |
1337 | Friendly name of the storage tier, defined by the user | Friendly name of the storage tier, defined by the user |
1339 | This method deletes the storage tier. This method is available only when the SupportsStorageTierDeletion property on the storage subsystem is set to TRUE. If it is set to FALSE, this method will fail with MI_RESULT_NOT_SUPPORTED. | This method deletes the storage tier. This method is available only when the SupportsStorageTierDeletion property on the storage subsystem is set to TRUE. If it is set to FALSE, this method will fail with MI_RESULT_NOT_SUPPORTED. |
1341 | Specifies the name of the resiliency setting that should be used when determining the supported sizes. Note that the sizes returned may be different depending on the resiliency setting. | Specifies the name of the resiliency setting that should be used when determining the supported sizes. Note that the sizes returned may be different depending on the resiliency setting. |
1342 | This output parameter will contain an array of all of the supported sizes for the storage tier. This parameter may be NULL if the number of supported sizes is large, but is useful for storage tiers that only support a select number of tier sizes. | This output parameter will contain an array of all of the supported sizes for the storage tier. This parameter may be NULL if the number of supported sizes is large, but is useful for storage tiers that only support a select number of tier sizes. |
1343 | A user-settable, display-oriented string representing the name of the virtual disk. | A user-settable, display-oriented string representing the name of the virtual disk. |
1344 | Indicates the current operating conditions of the virtual disk. Unlike HealthStatus, this field indicates the status of hardware, software, and infrastructure issues related to this virtual disk, and can contain multiple values. Various operational statuses are defined. 11 - 'In Service': describes a virtual disk being configured, maintained, or otherwise administered. 0xD002 - 'Detached': This value is reserved for Windows. This value indicates a virtual disk that is visible to the host system but does not have a disk device object. 0xD003 - 'Incomplete': describes a virtual disk which does not have enough redundancy remaining to successfully repair or regenerate its data. |
Indicates the current operating conditions of the virtual disk. Unlike HealthStatus, this field indicates the status of hardware, software, and infrastructure issues related to this virtual disk, and can contain multiple values. Various operational statuses are defined. 11 - 'In Service': describes a virtual disk being configured, maintained, or otherwise administered. 0xD002 - 'Detached': This value is reserved for Windows. This value indicates a virtual disk that is visible to the host system but does not have a disk device object. 0xD003 - 'Incomplete': describes a virtual disk which does not have enough redundancy remaining to successfully repair or regenerate its data. |
1345 | This field indicates how many backing physical disks can fail without compromising data redundancy. For example: RAID 0 cannot tolerate any failures, RAID 5 can tolerate a single drive failure, and RAID 6 can tolerate 2 failures. | This field indicates how many backing physical disks can fail without compromising data redundancy. For example: RAID 0 cannot tolerate any failures, RAID 5 can tolerate a single drive failure, and RAID 6 can tolerate 2 failures. |
1346 | This field indicates what type of parity layout is being used for parity resiliency settings. This field should be NULL if the virtual disk does not use a parity resiliency setting. | This field indicates what type of parity layout is being used for parity resiliency settings. This field should be NULL if the virtual disk does not use a parity resiliency setting. |
1347 | Size of the write cache for the virtual disk | Size of the write cache for the virtual disk |
1348 | An unexpected I/O error has occurred | An unexpected I/O error has occurred |
1349 | A snapshot error occurred while scanning this drive. You can try again, but if this problem persists, run an offline scan and fix. | A snapshot error occurred while scanning this drive. You can try again, but if this problem persists, run an offline scan and fix. |
1350 | A scan is already running on this drive. Chkdsk cannot run more than one simultaneous scan on a drive. | A scan is already running on this drive. Chkdsk cannot run more than one simultaneous scan on a drive. |
1351 | A snapshot error occurred while scanning this drive. Run an offline scan and fix. | A snapshot error occurred while scanning this drive. Run an offline scan and fix. |
1352 | Indicates whether the automatic data integrity scanner should scrub files on this volume. True - files on this volume will be scrubbed. False - files on this volume will not be scrubbed. |
Indicates whether the automatic data integrity scanner should scrub files on this volume. True - files on this volume will be scrubbed. False - files on this volume will not be scrubbed. |
1353 | Sets whether the automatic data integrity scanner should scrub files on this volume. True - files on this volume will be scrubbed. False - files on this volume will not be scrubbed. |
Sets whether the automatic data integrity scanner should scrub files on this volume. True - files on this volume will be scrubbed. False - files on this volume will not be scrubbed. |
1354 | Indicates the provisioning scheme to use when creating new virtual disks on this storage pool. 0 - 'Unknown': May mean that this information is unavailable, or the storage pool uses a proprietary method of allocation. 1 - 'Thin': Storage for the virtual disk is allocated on-demand. 2 - 'Fixed': Storage for the virtual disk is allocated at the time of virtual disk creation. |
Indicates the provisioning scheme to use when creating new virtual disks on this storage pool. 0 - 'Unknown': May mean that this information is unavailable, or the storage pool uses a proprietary method of allocation. 1 - 'Thin': Storage for the virtual disk is allocated on-demand. 2 - 'Fixed': Storage for the virtual disk is allocated at the time of virtual disk creation. |
1355 | Denotes the reason why the storage pool is read-only. 1 - 'None': The pool is not read-only. 2 - 'By Policy': The administrator has either requested the pool to be read-only or has enacted a policy on the system that requires the pool to be read-only. 3 - 'Majority Disks Unhealthy': The majority of the supporting physical disks are in an unhealthy state that has forced the storage pool into a read-only state. |
Denotes the reason why the storage pool is read-only. 1 - 'None': The pool is not read-only. 2 - 'By Policy': The administrator has either requested the pool to be read-only or has enacted a policy on the system that requires the pool to be read-only. 3 - 'Majority Disks Unhealthy': The majority of the supporting physical disks are in an unhealthy state that has forced the storage pool into a read-only state. |
1356 | This method creates a virtual disk using the resources of the storage pool. This method is available only when the SupportsVirtualDiskCreation property on the storage subsystem is set to TRUE. If it is set to FALSE, this method will fail with MI_RESULT_NOT_SUPPORTED. This method is also not supported for primordial pools. Creating tiered virtual disks is available only when the SupportsStorageTieredVirtualDiskCreation property on the storage subsystem is set to TRUE. If it is set to FALSE, this method will fail with MI_RESULT_NOT_SUPPORTED. CreateVirtualDisk requires only FriendlyName and Size to be specified. Sizes can be specified explicitly through the Size parameter, or you can use the maximum available space from the storage pool by specifying the UseMaximumSize parameter. Both FriendlyName and Size are treated as goals rather than hard requirements. For example, not all SMI-S based arrays support custom friendly names; however, the virtual disk creation will still succeed. If the size specified is not achieved, the actual size used for the virtual disk will be returned in the out parameter structure. The usage of this virtual disk can be set using the Usage and OtherUsageDescription parameters. If a value for OtherUsageDescription is given, Usage must be set to 1 - 'Other', otherwise an error will be returned. By default, the resiliency setting applied to this virtual disk will be whatever is specified in the storage pool's ResiliencySettingNameDefault property. This can be overridden using the ResiliencySettingName parameter. Note that the name given here must correspond to a resiliency setting associated with this storage pool. Any other value will result in an error. Individual settings of the resiliency setting can be overridden using the NumberOfDataCopies, PhysicalDiskRedundancy, NumberOfColumns, and Interleave parameters. If these parameters are not used, the defaults from the resiliency setting will be used. These overrides will not persist back to the particular resiliency setting instance; however some storage providers may choose to create a new resiliency setting instance to capture this new configuration. If any of the goals specified in the override parameters are out of range, or are not supported by the storage pool, an error will be returned. The provisioning policy for the virtual disk is determined in a similar way to the resiliency setting. If no preference is specified in the ProvisioningType parameter, the policy is determined by the storage pool's ProvisioningTypeDefault property. If the ProvisioningType parameter is specified, the default is ignored and the value specified will be used instead. Allocation can be further controlled by the PhysicalDisksToUse parameter. There may be certain scenarios where a storage administrator wants to manually choose which physical disks should back the virtual disk. When this parameter is specified, data for the virtual disk will only be stored on the physical disks in this array and not on any others. |
This method creates a virtual disk using the resources of the storage pool. This method is available only when the SupportsVirtualDiskCreation property on the storage subsystem is set to TRUE. If it is set to FALSE, this method will fail with MI_RESULT_NOT_SUPPORTED. This method is also not supported for primordial pools. Creating tiered virtual disks is available only when the SupportsStorageTieredVirtualDiskCreation property on the storage subsystem is set to TRUE. If it is set to FALSE, this method will fail with MI_RESULT_NOT_SUPPORTED. CreateVirtualDisk requires only FriendlyName and Size to be specified. Sizes can be specified explicitly through the Size parameter, or you can use the maximum available space from the storage pool by specifying the UseMaximumSize parameter. Both FriendlyName and Size are treated as goals rather than hard requirements. For example, not all SMI-S based arrays support custom friendly names; however, the virtual disk creation will still succeed. If the size specified is not achieved, the actual size used for the virtual disk will be returned in the out parameter structure. The usage of this virtual disk can be set using the Usage and OtherUsageDescription parameters. If a value for OtherUsageDescription is given, Usage must be set to 1 - 'Other', otherwise an error will be returned. By default, the resiliency setting applied to this virtual disk will be whatever is specified in the storage pool's ResiliencySettingNameDefault property. This can be overridden using the ResiliencySettingName parameter. Note that the name given here must correspond to a resiliency setting associated with this storage pool. Any other value will result in an error. Individual settings of the resiliency setting can be overridden using the NumberOfDataCopies, PhysicalDiskRedundancy, NumberOfColumns, and Interleave parameters. If these parameters are not used, the defaults from the resiliency setting will be used. These overrides will not persist back to the particular resiliency setting instance; however some storage providers may choose to create a new resiliency setting instance to capture this new configuration. If any of the goals specified in the override parameters are out of range, or are not supported by the storage pool, an error will be returned. The provisioning policy for the virtual disk is determined in a similar way to the resiliency setting. If no preference is specified in the ProvisioningType parameter, the policy is determined by the storage pool's ProvisioningTypeDefault property. If the ProvisioningType parameter is specified, the default is ignored and the value specified will be used instead. Allocation can be further controlled by the PhysicalDisksToUse parameter. There may be certain scenarios where a storage administrator wants to manually choose which physical disks should back the virtual disk. When this parameter is specified, data for the virtual disk will only be stored on the physical disks in this array and not on any others. |
1357 | You must specify the size info (either the Size or UseMaximumSize parameter) or the tier info (the StorageTiers and StorageTierSizes parameters), but not both size info and tier info. | You must specify the size info (either the Size or UseMaximumSize parameter) or the tier info (the StorageTiers and StorageTierSizes parameters), but not both size info and tier info. |
1358 | Specifies the number of complete data copies to maintain for this virtual disk. If specified, this value will override the NumberOfDataCopiesDefault value that would have been inherited from the resiliency setting specified by ResiliencySettingName. | Specifies the number of complete data copies to maintain for this virtual disk. If specified, this value will override the NumberOfDataCopiesDefault value that would have been inherited from the resiliency setting specified by ResiliencySettingName. |
1359 | Specifies how many physical disk failures the virtual disk should be able to withstand before data loss occurs. If specified, this value will override the PhysicalDiskRedundancyDefault value that would have been inherited from the resiliency setting specified by ResiliencySettingName. | Specifies how many physical disk failures the virtual disk should be able to withstand before data loss occurs. If specified, this value will override the PhysicalDiskRedundancyDefault value that would have been inherited from the resiliency setting specified by ResiliencySettingName. |
1360 | Specifies the number of underlying physical disks across which data should be striped. If specified, this value will override the NumberOfColumnsDefault value that would have been inherited from the resiliency setting specified by ResiliencySettingName. | Specifies the number of underlying physical disks across which data should be striped. If specified, this value will override the NumberOfColumnsDefault value that would have been inherited from the resiliency setting specified by ResiliencySettingName. |
1361 | Specifies the number of bytes that should be used for a strip in the common striping-based resiliency settings. The strip is defined as the size of the portion of a stripe that lies on one physical disk. Thus Interleave * NumberOfColumns will yield the size of one stripe of user data. If this parameter is specified, this value will override the InterleaveDefault which would have been inherited from the resiliency setting specified by ResiliencySettingName. | Specifies the number of bytes that should be used for a strip in the common striping-based resiliency settings. The strip is defined as the size of the portion of a stripe that lies on one physical disk. Thus Interleave * NumberOfColumns will yield the size of one stripe of user data. If this parameter is specified, this value will override the InterleaveDefault which would have been inherited from the resiliency setting specified by ResiliencySettingName. |
1362 | Indicates whether the provider should pick up the auto write cache size | Indicates whether the provider should pick up the auto write cache size |
1364 | Creates a storage tier template on the storage pool. This method is available only when the SupportsStorageTierCreation property on the storage subsystem is set to TRUE. If it is set to FALSE, this method will fail with MI_RESULT_NOT_SUPPORTED. This method is also not supported for primordial pools. | Creates a storage tier template on the storage pool. This method is available only when the SupportsStorageTierCreation property on the storage subsystem is set to TRUE. If it is set to FALSE, this method will fail with MI_RESULT_NOT_SUPPORTED. This method is also not supported for primordial pools. |
1367 | This output parameter will contain an array of all of the supported sizes by the storage pool. This parameter may be NULL if the number of supported sizes is large, but is useful for storage pools that support only a select number of virtual disk sizes. | This output parameter will contain an array of all of the supported sizes by the storage pool. This parameter may be NULL if the number of supported sizes is large, but is useful for storage pools that support only a select number of virtual disk sizes. |
1368 | Denotes the health of the subsystem. 0 - 'Healthy': Indicates that the subsystem is functioning normally. 1 - 'Warning': Indicates that the subsystem is still functioning, but has detected errors or issues that may require administrator intervention. 2 - 'Unhealthy': Indicates that the subsystem is not functioning due to errors or failures. The subsystem needs immediate attention from an administrator. |
Denotes the health of the subsystem. 0 - 'Healthy': Indicates that the subsystem is functioning normally. 1 - 'Warning': Indicates that the subsystem is still functioning, but has detected errors or issues that may require administrator intervention. 2 - 'Unhealthy': Indicates that the subsystem is not functioning due to errors or failures. The subsystem needs immediate attention from an administrator. |
1369 | Tag is an identifier for the subsystem that is independent from any location-based information. Examples of a tag could be the subsystem's serial number or asset tag. | Tag is an identifier for the subsystem that is independent from any location-based information. Examples of a tag could be the subsystem's serial number or asset tag. |
1370 | If TRUE, this subsystem supports the ability to create new concrete storage pools from one or more physical disks. If FALSE, either the subsystem uses pre-created storage pools, or it does not support storage pools. | If TRUE, this subsystem supports the ability to create new concrete storage pools from one or more physical disks. If FALSE, either the subsystem uses pre-created storage pools, or it does not support storage pools. |
1372 | If TRUE, this subsystem supports the modification of the storage tier friendly name. | If TRUE, this subsystem supports the modification of the storage tier friendly name. |
1373 | Denotes whether storage tiers are supported by the subsystem. | Denotes whether storage tiers are supported by the subsystem. |
1374 | This parameter is used to specify an array of physical disk objects that will be used as the backing data storage for the created storage pool. The physical disks must come from a primordial pool on the subsystem on which you are creating this pool. Only the disks from a single primordial pool may be used. | This parameter is used to specify an array of physical disk objects that will be used as the backing data storage for the created storage pool. The physical disks must come from a primordial pool on the subsystem on which you are creating this pool. Only the disks from a single primordial pool may be used. |
1375 | Designates the host operating system or other host environment factors that may influence the behavior the storage subsystem should take when showing a virtual disk to an initiator. | Designates the host operating system or other host environment factors that may influence the behavior the storage subsystem should take when showing a virtual disk to an initiator. |
1377 | Denotes whether the provider is a stand-alone SMP provider or an SMIS provider that uses the SMIS proxy SMP. | Denotes whether the provider is a stand-alone SMP provider or an SMIS provider that uses the SMIS proxy SMP. |
1378 | This method gets the tier information for pinned files. | This method gets the tier information for pinned files. |
1379 | This method is used to pin a file to a storage tier. | This method is used to pin a file to a storage tier. |
1380 | This method is used to unpin a file from a storage tier. | This method is used to unpin a file from a storage tier. |
1382 | The operating system's number for the partition. Ordering is based on the partition's offset, relative to other partitions. This means that the value for this property may change based off of the partition configuration in the offset range preceding this partition. | The operating system's number for the partition. Ordering is based on the partition's offset, relative to other partitions. This means that the value for this property may change based off of the partition configuration in the offset range preceding this partition. |
1383 | This method adds a mount path or drive letter assignment to the partition. The AccessPath and AssignDriveLetter parameters are mutually exclusive, and will result in an invalid parameters error if both are specified at once. This method adds the access path by creating a mounted folder (also called a volume mount point). Note that mounted folders are supported only on NTFS formatted partitions. This method returns an error if the path specified in AccessPath is a folder that is already in use (even if the directory is empty) or if it contains a path to a non-empty directory. | This method adds a mount path or drive letter assignment to the partition. The AccessPath and AssignDriveLetter parameters are mutually exclusive, and will result in an invalid parameters error if both are specified at once. This method adds the access path by creating a mounted folder (also called a volume mount point). Note that mounted folders are supported only on NTFS formatted partitions. This method returns an error if the path specified in AccessPath is a folder that is already in use (even if the directory is empty) or if it contains a path to a non-empty directory. |
1384 | Takes the partition offline by dismounting the associated volume (if one exists). The partition remains offline until explicitly brought online or an access path is added to the partition. | Takes the partition offline by dismounting the associated volume (if one exists). The partition remains offline until explicitly brought online or an access path is added to the partition. |
1385 | Location contains the PnP location path of the disk. The format of this string depends on the bus type. If the bus type is SCSI, SAS, or PCI RAID, the format is #(PTL). If the bus type is IDE, ATA, PATA, or SATA, the format is #(CTL). For example, a SCSI location may look like: PCIROOT(0)#PCI(1C00)#PCI(0000)#SCSI(P00T01L01). Note: For Hyper-V and VHD images, this member is NULL because the virtual controller does not return the location path. | Location contains the PnP location path of the disk. The format of this string depends on the bus type. If the bus type is SCSI, SAS, or PCI RAID, the format is #(PTL). If the bus type is IDE, ATA, PATA, or SATA, the format is #(CTL). For example, a SCSI location may look like: PCIROOT(0)#PCI(1C00)#PCI(0000)#SCSI(P00T01L01). Note: For Hyper-V and VHD images, this member is NULL because the virtual controller does not return the location path. |
1386 | FriendlyName is a user-friendly, display-oriented string to identify the disk. | FriendlyName is a user-friendly, display-oriented string to identify the disk. |
1387 | This property indicates that the computer is configured to start off of this disk. On computers with BIOS firmware, this is the first disk that the firmware detects during startup. On computers that use EFI firmware, this is the disk that contains the EFI System Partition (ESP). If there are no disks or multiple disks with an ESP partition, this flag is not set for any disk. | This property indicates that the computer is configured to start off of this disk. On computers with BIOS firmware, this is the first disk that the firmware detects during startup. On computers that use EFI firmware, this is the disk that contains the EFI System Partition (ESP). If there are no disks or multiple disks with an ESP partition, this flag is not set for any disk. |
1388 | This parameter specifies the partition offset (measured in bytes). If the offset is not aligned and the Alignment parameter is not specified, the offset is rounded up or down to the closest alignment boundary depending on the size of the disk on which the partition is created. | This parameter specifies the partition offset (measured in bytes). If the offset is not aligned and the Alignment parameter is not specified, the offset is rounded up or down to the closest alignment boundary depending on the size of the disk on which the partition is created. |
1389 | A system set, user-friendly, display-oriented string which describes the resiliency setting. | A system set, user-friendly, display-oriented string which describes the resiliency setting. |
1390 | This method allows a user to modify the default values for this resiliency setting.The updated values will take effect only for subsequent virtual disk creations and are not retroactively applied. | This method allows a user to modify the default values for this resiliency setting.The updated values will take effect only for subsequent virtual disk creations and are not retroactively applied. |
1391 | Association between StoragePool and PhysicalDisk. Primordial storage pools should retain their association to all physical disks that originated from that pool. This means that if a physical disk has been added to a concrete pool, the disk should have an association with both its concrete and primordial pools. | Association between StoragePool and PhysicalDisk. Primordial storage pools should retain their association to all physical disks that originated from that pool. This means that if a physical disk has been added to a concrete pool, the disk should have an association with both its concrete and primordial pools. |
1392 | This field indicates the object that caused the indication. | This field indicates the object that caused the indication. |
1393 | Denotes the date and time in which the event that triggered this indication occurred. | Denotes the date and time in which the event that triggered this indication occurred. |
1394 | Denotes the perceived severity of the event from the notifier's point of view. 0 - 'Unknown': The severity is unknown or indeterminate. 2 - 'Information': The event is for informative purposes. 3 - 'Degraded/Warning': Action may be required by the user. 4 - 'Minor': Action is needed, but the situation is not serious at this time. 5 - 'Major': Immediate action is needed. 6 - 'Critical': Immediate action is needed and the scope of the issue is broad. 7 - 'Fatal/NonRecoverable': An error has occurred, but it is too late to take remedial action. |
Denotes the perceived severity of the event from the notifier's point of view. 0 - 'Unknown': The severity is unknown or indeterminate. 2 - 'Information': The event is for informative purposes. 3 - 'Degraded/Warning': Action may be required by the user. 4 - 'Minor': Action is needed, but the situation is not serious at this time. 5 - 'Major': Immediate action is needed. 6 - 'Critical': Immediate action is needed and the scope of the issue is broad. 7 - 'Fatal/NonRecoverable': An error has occurred, but it is too late to take remedial action. |
1395 | Describes the action the operating system will take when a new disk is discovered on the system. When a disk is offline, the disk layout can be read, but no volume devices are surfaced through Plug and Play (PnP). This means that no file system can be mounted on the disk. When a disk is online, one or more volume devices are installed for the disk. 1 - 'Online All': All newly discovered disks are brought online and made read-write. 2 - 'Offline Shared': All newly discovered disks that do not reside on a shared bus are brought online and made read-write. 3 - 'Offline All': All newly discovered disks remain offline and read-only. 4 - 'Offline Internal': All newly discovered disks that do not reside on a shared bus remain offline and read-only. |
Describes the action the operating system will take when a new disk is discovered on the system. When a disk is offline, the disk layout can be read, but no volume devices are surfaced through Plug and Play (PnP). This means that no file system can be mounted on the disk. When a disk is online, one or more volume devices are installed for the disk. 1 - 'Online All': All newly discovered disks are brought online and made read-write. 2 - 'Offline Shared': All newly discovered disks that do not reside on a shared bus are brought online and made read-write. 3 - 'Offline All': All newly discovered disks remain offline and read-only. 4 - 'Offline Internal': All newly discovered disks that do not reside on a shared bus remain offline and read-only. |
1396 | CopyState describes the state of the association with respect to replication activity. Values are: 2 - 'Initialized': The link to enable replication is established and source/replica elements are associated, but the copy operation has not started. 3 - 'Unsynchronized': Not all the source element data has been copied to the target element. 4 - 'Synchronized': For the Mirror, Snapshot, or Clone replication, the target represents a copy of the source. 5 - 'Broken': The relationship is non-functional due to errors in the source, the target, the path between the two or space constraints. 6 - 'Fractured': Target is split from the source. 7 - 'Split': The target element was gracefully (or systematically) split from its source element -- consistency is guaranteed. 8 - 'Inactive': Copy operation has stopped, writes to source element will not be sent to target element. 9 - 'Suspended': Data flow between the source and target elements has stopped. Writes to source element are held until the association is resumed. 10 - 'Failedover': Reads and writes to/from the target element. Source element is not reachable. 11 - 'Prepared': Initialization completed and the copy operation started; however, the data flow has not started. 12 - 'Aborted': The copy operation is aborted with the Abort operation. Use the Resync Replica operation to restart the copy operation. 13 - 'Skewed': The target has been modified and is no longer synchronized with the source element or the point-in-time view. 14 - 'Mixed': Applies to the CopyState of GroupSynchronized. It indicates the StorageSynchronized associations of the elements in the groups have different CopyState values. |
CopyState describes the state of the association with respect to replication activity. Values are: 2 - 'Initialized': The link to enable replication is established and source/replica elements are associated, but the copy operation has not started. 3 - 'Unsynchronized': Not all the source element data has been copied to the target element. 4 - 'Synchronized': For the Mirror, Snapshot, or Clone replication, the target represents a copy of the source. 5 - 'Broken': The relationship is non-functional due to errors in the source, the target, the path between the two or space constraints. 6 - 'Fractured': Target is split from the source. 7 - 'Split': The target element was gracefully (or systematically) split from its source element -- consistency is guaranteed. 8 - 'Inactive': Copy operation has stopped, writes to source element will not be sent to target element. 9 - 'Suspended': Data flow between the source and target elements has stopped. Writes to source element are held until the association is resumed. 10 - 'Failedover': Reads and writes to/from the target element. Source element is not reachable. 11 - 'Prepared': Initialization completed and the copy operation started; however, the data flow has not started. 12 - 'Aborted': The copy operation is aborted with the Abort operation. Use the Resync Replica operation to restart the copy operation. 13 - 'Skewed': The target has been modified and is no longer synchronized with the source element or the point-in-time view. 14 - 'Mixed': Applies to the CopyState of GroupSynchronized. It indicates the StorageSynchronized associations of the elements in the groups have different CopyState values. |
1397 | ProgressStatus describes the status of the association with respect to Replication activity. Values are: 2 - 'Completed': The request is completed. Copy operation is idle. 3 - 'Dormant': Indicates that the copy operation is inactive suspended or quiesced. 4 - 'Initializing': In the process of establishing source/replica association and the copy operation has not started. 5 - 'Preparing': preparation-in-progress. 6 - 'Synchronizing': sync-in-progress. 7 - 'Resyncing': resync-in-progress. 8 - 'Restoring': restore-in-progress. 9 - 'Fracturing': fracture-in-progress. 10 - 'Splitting': split-in-progress. 11 - 'Failing over': in the process of switching source and target. 12 - 'Failing back': Undoing the result of failover. 13 - 'Detaching': detach-in-progress. 14 - 'Aborting': abort-in-progress. 15 - 'Mixed': Applies to groups with element pairs with different statuses. Generally, the individual statuses need to be examined. 16 - 'Suspending': The copy operation is in the process of being suspended. 17 - 'Requires fracture': The requested operation has completed, however, the synchronization relationship needs to be fractured before further copy operations can be issued. 18 - 'Requires resync': The requested operation has completed, however, the synchronization relationship needs to be resynced before further copy operations can be issued. 19 - 'Requires activate': The requested operation has completed, however, the synchronization relationship needs to be activated before further copy operations can be issued. 20 - 'Pending': The flow of data has stopped momentarily due to limited bandwidth or busy system. |
ProgressStatus describes the status of the association with respect to Replication activity. Values are: 2 - 'Completed': The request is completed. Copy operation is idle. 3 - 'Dormant': Indicates that the copy operation is inactive suspended or quiesced. 4 - 'Initializing': In the process of establishing source/replica association and the copy operation has not started. 5 - 'Preparing': preparation-in-progress. 6 - 'Synchronizing': sync-in-progress. 7 - 'Resyncing': resync-in-progress. 8 - 'Restoring': restore-in-progress. 9 - 'Fracturing': fracture-in-progress. 10 - 'Splitting': split-in-progress. 11 - 'Failing over': in the process of switching source and target. 12 - 'Failing back': Undoing the result of failover. 13 - 'Detaching': detach-in-progress. 14 - 'Aborting': abort-in-progress. 15 - 'Mixed': Applies to groups with element pairs with different statuses. Generally, the individual statuses need to be examined. 16 - 'Suspending': The copy operation is in the process of being suspended. 17 - 'Requires fracture': The requested operation has completed, however, the synchronization relationship needs to be fractured before further copy operations can be issued. 18 - 'Requires resync': The requested operation has completed, however, the synchronization relationship needs to be resynced before further copy operations can be issued. 19 - 'Requires activate': The requested operation has completed, however, the synchronization relationship needs to be activated before further copy operations can be issued. 20 - 'Pending': The flow of data has stopped momentarily due to limited bandwidth or busy system. |
1398 | CopyMethodology specifies what copy methodology the copy engine uses to create and/or maintain the target element. Values are: 0 - 'Not Specified': The method of maintaining the copy is not specified. 3 - 'Full Copy': This indicates that a full copy of the source object is (or will be) generated. 4 - 'Incremental-Copy': Only changed data from source element is copied to target element. 5 - 'Differential-Copy': Only the new writes to the source element are copied to the target element. 6 - 'Copy-On-Write': Affected data is copied on the first write to the source or to the target elements. 7 - 'Copy-On-Access': Affected data is copied on the first access to the source element. 8 - 'Delta-Update': Difference based replication where after the initial copy, only updates to source are copied to target. 9 - 'Snap-And-Clone': The service creates a snapshot of the source element first, then uses the snapshot as the source of the copy operation to the target element. |
CopyMethodology specifies what copy methodology the copy engine uses to create and/or maintain the target element. Values are: 0 - 'Not Specified': The method of maintaining the copy is not specified. 3 - 'Full Copy': This indicates that a full copy of the source object is (or will be) generated. 4 - 'Incremental-Copy': Only changed data from source element is copied to target element. 5 - 'Differential-Copy': Only the new writes to the source element are copied to the target element. 6 - 'Copy-On-Write': Affected data is copied on the first write to the source or to the target elements. 7 - 'Copy-On-Access': Affected data is copied on the first access to the source element. 8 - 'Delta-Update': Difference based replication where after the initial copy, only updates to source are copied to target. 9 - 'Snap-And-Clone': The service creates a snapshot of the source element first, then uses the snapshot as the source of the copy operation to the target element. |
1399 | DeviceId identifies the associated storage device. When associated with an MSFT_PhysicalDisk, it will be the same as its DeviceId field. When associated with an MSFT_Disk, it will be the same as its Number field. | DeviceId identifies the associated storage device. When associated with an MSFT_PhysicalDisk, it will be the same as its DeviceId field. When associated with an MSFT_Disk, it will be the same as its Number field. |
1400 | Maximum number of start-stop cycles within which the storage device is capable of normal operation. | Maximum number of start-stop cycles within which the storage device is capable of normal operation. |
1401 | Maximum number of load-unload cycles within which the storage device is capable of normal operation. | Maximum number of load-unload cycles within which the storage device is capable of normal operation. |
1402 | StorageReliabilityCounter provides reliability statistics or counters reported by a storage device. This information is dynamic and should be obtained from the storage device whenever needed. | StorageReliabilityCounter provides reliability statistics or counters reported by a storage device. This information is dynamic and should be obtained from the storage device whenever needed. |
1403 | Soft error can be returned by intrinsic methods (EnumerateInstances, GetInstance, etc.) to help distinguish between a query with no results (no error) and a query that failed for a specific reason. | Soft error can be returned by intrinsic methods (EnumerateInstances, GetInstance, etc.) to help distinguish between a query with no results (no error) and a query that failed for a specific reason. |
1404 | Size of the tier on the virtual disk. This property is available only when the storage tier is part of a virtual disk. The property is unspecified for pool-level storage tiers. | Size of the tier on the virtual disk. This property is available only when the storage tier is part of a virtual disk. The property is unspecified for pool-level storage tiers. |
1405 | Resizes the storage tier on the virtual disk. This method is not available for pool-level storage tiers. | Resizes the storage tier on the virtual disk. This method is not available for pool-level storage tiers. |
1406 | Could not repair the virtual disk because too many physical disks failed. Not enough information exists on the remaining physical disks to reconstruct the lost data. | Could not repair the virtual disk because too many physical disks failed. Not enough information exists on the remaining physical disks to reconstruct the lost data. |
1407 | The specified object is managed by the Microsoft Failover Clustering component. The disk must be in cluster maintenance mode and the cluster resource status must be online to perform this operation. | The specified object is managed by the Microsoft Failover Clustering component. The disk must be in cluster maintenance mode and the cluster resource status must be online to perform this operation. |
1408 | The specified object is managed by the Microsoft Failover Clustering component. The disk must be removed from the cluster to perform this operation. | The specified object is managed by the Microsoft Failover Clustering component. The disk must be removed from the cluster to perform this operation. |
1410 | Windows Server 2012 | Windows Server 2012 |
1411 | Windows Server 2012 R2 Preview | Windows Server 2012 R2 Preview |
1412 | Windows Server 2012 R2 | Windows Server 2012 R2 |
1413 | If TRUE, this subsystem supports the ability to create new storage tiers. If FALSE, either the subsystem uses pre-created storage tiers, or it does not support storage tiers. | If TRUE, this subsystem supports the ability to create new storage tiers. If FALSE, either the subsystem uses pre-created storage tiers, or it does not support storage tiers. |
1414 | If set to 3, caching for all the registered remote subsystem is enabled. If set to 2, caching for all the registered remote subsystem is disabled. This API only effects the remote subsystem registered and local Subsystem requests are not cached and reported live always. | If set to 3, caching for all the registered remote subsystem is enabled. If set to 2, caching for all the registered remote subsystem is disabled. This API only effects the remote subsystem registered and local Subsystem requests are not cached and reported live always. |
1415 | Denotes the minimum number of physical disks required for creating a storage pool on this subsystem. | Denotes the minimum number of physical disks required for creating a storage pool on this subsystem. |
1416 | Denotes whether this subsystem supports direct creation of volumes on a storage pool. | Denotes whether this subsystem supports direct creation of volumes on a storage pool. |
1417 | Denotes whether this provider supports remote registration and management. | Denotes whether this provider supports remote registration and management. |
1418 | Denotes the caching modes this provider supports. The modes are 'Disabled' and 'Manual-Discovery'. | Denotes the caching modes this provider supports. The modes are 'Disabled' and 'Manual-Discovery'. |
1419 | This subsystem is already registered. | This subsystem is already registered. |
1420 | This subsystem is already registered with another user's credentials. Use the -Force flag to remove the existing registration and add a new one anyway. | This subsystem is already registered with another user's credentials. Use the -Force flag to remove the existing registration and add a new one anyway. |
1421 | This subsystem does not support creation of virtual disks with the specified provisioning type. | This subsystem does not support creation of virtual disks with the specified provisioning type. |
1422 | Object Not Found | Object Not Found |
1423 | One or more physical disks are not connected to the nodes on which the pool is being created. | One or more physical disks are not connected to the nodes on which the pool is being created. |
1424 | Failover clustering could not be enabled for this storage object. | Failover clustering could not be enabled for this storage object. |
1425 | This property indicates how the operating system will proceed with repairing of virtual disks for this storage pool. 2 - 'Sequential': repair will process one allocation slab at a time. This will result in longer repair times, but small impact on the I/O load. 3 - 'Parallel': repair will process as many allocation slabs as it can in parallel. This will result in the shortest repair time, but will have significant impact on I/O load. |
This property indicates how the operating system will proceed with repairing of virtual disks for this storage pool. 2 - 'Sequential': repair will process one allocation slab at a time. This will result in longer repair times, but small impact on the I/O load. 3 - 'Parallel': repair will process as many allocation slabs as it can in parallel. This will result in the shortest repair time, but will have significant impact on I/O load. |
1426 | Sequential | Sequential |
1427 | Parallel | Parallel |
1433 | This field is a string representation of the enclosure's firmware version. | This field is a string representation of the enclosure's firmware version. |
1434 | Denotes the current health status of the enclosure. | Denotes the current health status of the enclosure. |
1435 | Number of slots hosted within the enclosure | Number of slots hosted within the enclosure |
1437 | Not Installed | Not Installed |
1438 | Not Available | Not Available |
1439 | No Access Allowed | No Access Allowed |
1444 | This method allows a user to perform certain identification tasks on the enclosure and its elements. | This method allows a user to perform certain identification tasks on the enclosure and its elements. |
1445 | If set to TRUE, this instructs the enclosure to enable its identification LED on the specified element. The identification LED should remain enabled until a second call to IdentifyElement on the same element is made with this parameter specified as FALSE. | If set to TRUE, this instructs the enclosure to enable its identification LED on the specified element. The identification LED should remain enabled until a second call to IdentifyElement on the same element is made with this parameter specified as FALSE. |
1458 | Association between StorageSubSystem and StorageEnclosure | Association between StorageSubSystem and StorageEnclosure |
1459 | Association between StorageNode and StorageEnclosure | Association between StorageNode and StorageEnclosure |
1460 | Association between StorageEnclosure and PhysicalDisk | Association between StorageEnclosure and PhysicalDisk |
1466 | DeviceId is an address or other identifier that uniquely names the enclosure. For example, DeviceId is the enclosure GUID in Storage Spaces provider. | DeviceId is an address or other identifier that uniquely names the enclosure. For example, DeviceId is the enclosure GUID in Storage Spaces provider. |
1467 | One or more slot numbers provided are not valid. | One or more slot numbers provided are not valid. |
1468 | This method returns the vendor specific data from an enclosure. | This method returns the vendor specific data from an enclosure. |
1469 | The vendor specific data (page 04h for example) from an enclosure. | The vendor specific data (page 04h for example) from an enclosure. |
1470 | UniqueIdFormat indicates the type of identifier used in the UniqueId field. The identifier used in UniqueId must be the highest available identifier using the following order of preference: 8 (highest), 3, 2, 1, 0 (lowest). For example: if the physical disk device exposes identifiers of type 0, 1, and 3, UniqueId must be the identifier of type 3, and UniqueIdFormat should be set to 3. | UniqueIdFormat indicates the type of identifier used in the UniqueId field. The identifier used in UniqueId must be the highest available identifier using the following order of preference: 8 (highest), 3, 2, 1, 0 (lowest). For example: if the physical disk device exposes identifiers of type 0, 1, and 3, UniqueId must be the identifier of type 3, and UniqueIdFormat should be set to 3. |
1471 | The virtual disk could not complete the operation because it is in cluster maintenance mode. | The virtual disk could not complete the operation because it is in cluster maintenance mode. |
1472 | The specified volume does not support storage tiers. | The specified volume does not support storage tiers. |
1473 | The Storage Tiers Management service detected that the specified volume is in the process of being dismounted. | The Storage Tiers Management service detected that the specified volume is in the process of being dismounted. |
1474 | The file identifier specified is not valid on the volume. | The file identifier specified is not valid on the volume. |
1475 | Storage tier operations must be called on the clustering node that owns the metadata volume. | Storage tier operations must be called on the clustering node that owns the metadata volume. |
1476 | The specified storage tier could not be found on the volume. Confirm that the storage tier name is valid. | The specified storage tier could not be found on the volume. Confirm that the storage tier name is valid. |
1477 | The Storage Tiers Management service is already optimizing the storage tiers on the specified volume. | The Storage Tiers Management service is already optimizing the storage tiers on the specified volume. |
1478 | The requested object type cannot be assigned to a storage tier. | The requested object type cannot be assigned to a storage tier. |
1479 | The request failed due to a fatal device hardware error. | The request failed due to a fatal device hardware error. |
1480 | The underlying file system type of the volume. | The underlying file system type of the volume. |
1481 | Threshold | Threshold |
1482 | UFS | UFS |
1483 | HFS | HFS |
1484 | FAT | FAT |
1485 | NTFS4 | NTFS4 |
1486 | NTFS5 | NTFS5 |
1487 | XFS | XFS |
1488 | AFS | AFS |
1489 | EXT2 | EXT2 |
1490 | EXT3 | EXT3 |
1491 | ReiserFS | ReiserFS |
1492 | An array containing the operational status of each power supply of the enclosure. 0 - 'Unknown' 2 - 'OK': The element is present and working with no issues detected. 3 - 'Degraded': The element detected one or more non-critical issues. 6 - 'Error': The element detected one or more critical issues. 7 - 'Non-Recoverable Error': The element detected one or more non-recoverable issues. 0xD009 - 'Not Installed': The element is not present. 0xD00A - 'Not Available': The element is present but has problems. 0xD00B - 'No Access Allowed': No access is allowed to the element. 0xD00C - 'Not Reported' |
An array containing the operational status of each power supply of the enclosure. 0 - 'Unknown' 2 - 'OK': The element is present and working with no issues detected. 3 - 'Degraded': The element detected one or more non-critical issues. 6 - 'Error': The element detected one or more critical issues. 7 - 'Non-Recoverable Error': The element detected one or more non-recoverable issues. 0xD009 - 'Not Installed': The element is not present. 0xD00A - 'Not Available': The element is present but has problems. 0xD00B - 'No Access Allowed': No access is allowed to the element. 0xD00C - 'Not Reported' |
1493 | Not Reported | Not Reported |
1494 | An array containing the operational status of each fan of the enclosure. 0 - 'Unknown' 2 - 'OK': The element is present and working with no issues detected. 3 - 'Degraded': The element detected one or more non-critical issues. 6 - 'Error': The element detected one or more critical issues. 7 - 'Non-Recoverable Error': The element detected one or more non-recoverable issues. 0xD009 - 'Not Installed': The element is not present. 0xD00A - 'Not Available': The element is present but has problems. 0xD00B - 'No Access Allowed': No access is allowed to the element. 0xD00C - 'Not Reported' |
An array containing the operational status of each fan of the enclosure. 0 - 'Unknown' 2 - 'OK': The element is present and working with no issues detected. 3 - 'Degraded': The element detected one or more non-critical issues. 6 - 'Error': The element detected one or more critical issues. 7 - 'Non-Recoverable Error': The element detected one or more non-recoverable issues. 0xD009 - 'Not Installed': The element is not present. 0xD00A - 'Not Available': The element is present but has problems. 0xD00B - 'No Access Allowed': No access is allowed to the element. 0xD00C - 'Not Reported' |
1495 | An array containing the operational status of each temperature sensor of the enclosure. 0 - 'Unknown' 2 - 'OK': The element is present and working with no issues detected. 3 - 'Degraded': The element detected one or more non-critical issues. 6 - 'Error': The element detected one or more critical issues. 7 - 'Non-Recoverable Error': The element detected one or more non-recoverable issues. 0xD009 - 'Not Installed': The element is not present. 0xD00A - 'Not Available': The element is present but has problems. 0xD00B - 'No Access Allowed': No access is allowed to the element. 0xD00C - 'Not Reported' |
An array containing the operational status of each temperature sensor of the enclosure. 0 - 'Unknown' 2 - 'OK': The element is present and working with no issues detected. 3 - 'Degraded': The element detected one or more non-critical issues. 6 - 'Error': The element detected one or more critical issues. 7 - 'Non-Recoverable Error': The element detected one or more non-recoverable issues. 0xD009 - 'Not Installed': The element is not present. 0xD00A - 'Not Available': The element is present but has problems. 0xD00B - 'No Access Allowed': No access is allowed to the element. 0xD00C - 'Not Reported' |
1496 | An array containing the operational status of each voltage sensor of the enclosure. 0 - 'Unknown' 2 - 'OK': The element is present and working with no issues detected. 3 - 'Degraded': The element detected one or more non-critical issues. 6 - 'Error': The element detected one or more critical issues. 7 - 'Non-Recoverable Error': The element detected one or more non-recoverable issues. 0xD009 - 'Not Installed': The element is not present. 0xD00A - 'Not Available': The element is present but has problems. 0xD00B - 'No Access Allowed': No access is allowed to the element. 0xD00C - 'Not Reported' |
An array containing the operational status of each voltage sensor of the enclosure. 0 - 'Unknown' 2 - 'OK': The element is present and working with no issues detected. 3 - 'Degraded': The element detected one or more non-critical issues. 6 - 'Error': The element detected one or more critical issues. 7 - 'Non-Recoverable Error': The element detected one or more non-recoverable issues. 0xD009 - 'Not Installed': The element is not present. 0xD00A - 'Not Available': The element is present but has problems. 0xD00B - 'No Access Allowed': No access is allowed to the element. 0xD00C - 'Not Reported' |
1497 | An array containing the operational status of each current sensor of the enclosure. 0 - 'Unknown' 2 - 'OK': The element is present and working with no issues detected. 3 - 'Degraded': The element detected one or more non-critical issues. 6 - 'Error': The element detected one or more critical issues. 7 - 'Non-Recoverable Error': The element detected one or more non-recoverable issues. 0xD009 - 'Not Installed': The element is not present. 0xD00A - 'Not Available': The element is present but has problems. 0xD00B - 'No Access Allowed': No access is allowed to the element. 0xD00C - 'Not Reported' |
An array containing the operational status of each current sensor of the enclosure. 0 - 'Unknown' 2 - 'OK': The element is present and working with no issues detected. 3 - 'Degraded': The element detected one or more non-critical issues. 6 - 'Error': The element detected one or more critical issues. 7 - 'Non-Recoverable Error': The element detected one or more non-recoverable issues. 0xD009 - 'Not Installed': The element is not present. 0xD00A - 'Not Available': The element is present but has problems. 0xD00B - 'No Access Allowed': No access is allowed to the element. 0xD00C - 'Not Reported' |
1498 | An array containing the operational status of each controller of the enclosure. 0 - 'Unknown' 2 - 'OK': The element is present and working with no issues detected. 3 - 'Degraded': The element detected one or more non-critical issues. 6 - 'Error': The element detected one or more critical issues. 7 - 'Non-Recoverable Error': The element detected one or more non-recoverable issues. 0xD009 - 'Not Installed': The element is not present. 0xD00A - 'Not Available': The element is present but has problems. 0xD00B - 'No Access Allowed': No access is allowed to the element. 0xD00C - 'Not Reported' |
An array containing the operational status of each controller of the enclosure. 0 - 'Unknown' 2 - 'OK': The element is present and working with no issues detected. 3 - 'Degraded': The element detected one or more non-critical issues. 6 - 'Error': The element detected one or more critical issues. 7 - 'Non-Recoverable Error': The element detected one or more non-recoverable issues. 0xD009 - 'Not Installed': The element is not present. 0xD00A - 'Not Available': The element is present but has problems. 0xD00B - 'No Access Allowed': No access is allowed to the element. 0xD00C - 'Not Reported' |
1499 | The enclosure does not support identification of the enclosure element. | The enclosure does not support identification of the enclosure element. |
1500 | The numbers of the slots on which to enable or disable identification. | The numbers of the slots on which to enable or disable identification. |
1501 | The given page number has not been implemented. | The given page number has not been implemented. |
1502 | Denotes the page number for which vendor data is requested. | Denotes the page number for which vendor data is requested. |
1503 | Represents a manageable physical disk enclosure. | Represents a manageable physical disk enclosure. |
1504 | Discover failed for the root object. | Discover failed for the root object. |
1505 | Discover failed on one or more subsystems. | Discover failed on one or more subsystems. |
1507 | The object type of this replica peer. | The object type of this replica peer. |
1508 | Volume | Volume |
1509 | VirtualDisk | VirtualDisk |
1510 | Partition | Partition |
1511 | The ObjectId of the replica peer within the replica's storage subsystem. | The ObjectId of the replica peer within the replica's storage subsystem. |
1512 | The name of the replica peer within the replica's storage subsystem. | The name of the replica peer within the replica's storage subsystem. |
1513 | The UniqueId of the replica peer within the replica's storage subsystem. | The UniqueId of the replica peer within the replica's storage subsystem. |
1514 | The subsystem name of the replica peer within the replica's storage subsystem. | The subsystem name of the replica peer within the replica's storage subsystem. |
1515 | An enumerable object that represents an object in a target subsystem for which there is a replication relationship. | An enumerable object that represents an object in a target subsystem for which there is a replication relationship. |
1516 | TODO | TODO |
1517 | A set of volumes where the replication journal for the ReplicationGroup is hosted. | A set of volumes where the replication journal for the ReplicationGroup is hosted. |
1519 | Minimum number of synchronous replication partnerships that are in synchronous replication state for I/O to continue on source Replication Group. | Minimum number of synchronous replication partnerships that are in synchronous replication state for I/O to continue on source Replication Group. |
1520 | Represents the settings to be configured on a group or sync pair. | Represents the settings to be configured on a group or sync pair. |
1521 | Recovery Point Objective indicates the maximum interval in which data might be lost. For synchronous copy operations, RPO is 0. For asynchronous copy operations RPO represents the interval since the most recent transmission of data to the target element. | Recovery Point Objective indicates the maximum interval in which data might be lost. For synchronous copy operations, RPO is 0. For asynchronous copy operations RPO represents the interval since the most recent transmission of data to the target element. |
1522 | Synchronized status of a storage object and its Snapshots / Clones / Mirrors. | Synchronized status of a storage object and its Snapshots / Clones / Mirrors. |
1524 | This parameter allows the user to specify the replica target machine. | This parameter allows the user to specify the replica target machine. |
1525 | This parameter allows the user to specify the virtual disk target on the target machine. | This parameter allows the user to specify the virtual disk target on the target machine. |
1527 | The replication settings. | The replication settings. |
1528 | SyncType describes the type of copy that will be made. | SyncType describes the type of copy that will be made. |
1529 | TokenizedClone | TokenizedClone |
1532 | Abort | Abort |
1533 | ActivateConsistency | ActivateConsistency |
1534 | Activate | Activate |
1535 | AddSyncPair | AddSyncPair |
1536 | DeactivateConsistency | DeactivateConsistency |
1537 | Deactivate | Deactivate |
1538 | Detach | Detach |
1539 | Dissolve | Dissolve |
1540 | Failover | Failover |
1541 | Failback | Failback |
1542 | Fracture | Fracture |
1543 | RemoveSyncPair | RemoveSyncPair |
1544 | ResyncReplica | ResyncReplica |
1545 | RestoreFromReplica | RestoreFromReplica |
1546 | Resume | Resume |
1547 | ResetToSync | ResetToSync |
1548 | ResetToAsync | ResetToAsync |
1549 | ReturnToResourcePool | ReturnToResourcePool |
1550 | ReverseRoles | ReverseRoles |
1551 | Unprepare | Unprepare |
1560 | A user-friendly string representing the name of the replication group. | A user-friendly string representing the name of the replication group. |
1561 | A user-friendly string representing the description of the replication group. | A user-friendly string representing the description of the replication group. |
1562 | Denotes the current health status of the replication group. Health of a group is derived from the health of the backing storage replicas. 0 - 'Healthy': All replicas are in a healthy state. 1 - 'Warning': The majority of replicas are healthy, but one or more may be not fully synchronized. 2 - 'Unhealthy': The majority of replicas are unhealthy or in a failed state. |
Denotes the current health status of the replication group. Health of a group is derived from the health of the backing storage replicas. 0 - 'Healthy': All replicas are in a healthy state. 1 - 'Warning': The majority of replicas are healthy, but one or more may be not fully synchronized. 2 - 'Unhealthy': The majority of replicas are unhealthy or in a failed state. |
1563 | Indicates the current operating conditions of the group. Unlike HealthStatus, this field indicates the status of hardware, software, and infrastructure issues related to this group, and can contain multiple values. | Indicates the current operating conditions of the group. Unlike HealthStatus, this field indicates the status of hardware, software, and infrastructure issues related to this group, and can contain multiple values. |
1564 | This method allows for the creation of a replication relationship between replication groups. | This method allows for the creation of a replication relationship between replication groups. |
1565 | This parameter allows the user to specify the replica target subsystem. | This parameter allows the user to specify the replica target subsystem. |
1566 | This parameter allows the user to specify the replication group target on the target machine. | This parameter allows the user to specify the replication group target on the target machine. |
1567 | A storage pool on the target to be used as the source for creating the necessary TargetStorageElements. This parameter is ignored if the target group contains any elements. | A storage pool on the target to be used as the source for creating the necessary TargetStorageElements. This parameter is ignored if the target group contains any elements. |
1569 | Modifies the relationship between replication groups. | Modifies the relationship between replication groups. |
1570 | This parameter is used to specify the replica peer for the target group. | This parameter is used to specify the replica peer for the target group. |
1572 | This parameter is used to specify an array of target objects by Id to be replicated. Consistency ordering is based on the order of objects in this array. | This parameter is used to specify an array of target objects by Id to be replicated. Consistency ordering is based on the order of objects in this array. |
1573 | Specifies the element replicas for Add or RemoveSyncPair. | Specifies the element replicas for Add or RemoveSyncPair. |
1575 | This method allows the user to specify the replication settings for this replication group. | This method allows the user to specify the replication settings for this replication group. |
1576 | This method returns the replication settings for this replication group. | This method returns the replication settings for this replication group. |
1577 | This method allows the user to add members to this replication group. | This method allows the user to add members to this replication group. |
1578 | The storage objects to add to the group. | The storage objects to add to the group. |
1579 | This method allows the user to remove members from this replication group. | This method allows the user to remove members from this replication group. |
1580 | The storage objects to remove from the group. | The storage objects to remove from the group. |
1581 | This method allows the replication group to be renamed. | This method allows the replication group to be renamed. |
1582 | This method deletes an empty replication group. If the group contains any replicas, these replicas must be removed first. | This method deletes an empty replication group. If the group contains any replicas, these replicas must be removed first. |
1583 | The replication group contains replicas. | The replication group contains replicas. |
1584 | A replication group represents a consistency grouping of storage replicas. | A replication group represents a consistency grouping of storage replicas. |
1585 | Association between replicated groups | Association between replicated groups |
1586 | This method allows for the creation of two replication groups and a replication relationship between them. This method requires the subsystem to support fully discovered replication. | This method allows for the creation of two replication groups and a replication relationship between them. This method requires the subsystem to support fully discovered replication. |
1587 | This parameter allows the user to specify the replica target subsystem when setting up a relationship with another subsystem. | This parameter allows the user to specify the replica target subsystem when setting up a relationship with another subsystem. |
1588 | Name of the source Replication Group to be created. | Name of the source Replication Group to be created. |
1589 | A brief description of the purpose of Replication Group. | A brief description of the purpose of Replication Group. |
1590 | An ordered list of storage objects that are to be a part of the source Replication Group. | An ordered list of storage objects that are to be a part of the source Replication Group. |
1591 | Settings to be applied to source Replication Group. | Settings to be applied to source Replication Group. |
1592 | Name of the target Replication Group to be created. | Name of the target Replication Group to be created. |
1594 | A storage pool on the target to be used as the source for creating the necessary TargetStorageElements. This parameter can be specified in lieu of TargetStorageElements. | A storage pool on the target to be used as the source for creating the necessary TargetStorageElements. This parameter can be specified in lieu of TargetStorageElements. |
1595 | Settings to be applied to target Replication Group. | Settings to be applied to target Replication Group. |
1597 | This parameter is used to specify the target replication group. | This parameter is used to specify the target replication group. |
1598 | This method allows for the creation of a replication group on a storage subsystem. | This method allows for the creation of a replication group on a storage subsystem. |
1599 | A user-friendly string representing the name of the replication group. Friendly name can be set using the SetFriendlyName method. | A user-friendly string representing the name of the replication group. Friendly name can be set using the SetFriendlyName method. |
1600 | Specifies an array of storage objects of the same type that are the source elements to be replicated. The ordering of this arrary determines the consistency ordering of the element replicas. | Specifies an array of storage objects of the same type that are the source elements to be replicated. The ordering of this arrary determines the consistency ordering of the element replicas. |
1608 | Represents the replication capabilities of a storage subsystem. | Represents the replication capabilities of a storage subsystem. |
1609 | Association between a subsystem and replication group | Association between a subsystem and replication group |
1610 | Association between a subsystem and replica peer | Association between a subsystem and replica peer |
1611 | Association between a subsystem and replication capabilities | Association between a subsystem and replication capabilities |
1612 | Association between a replication group and its virtual disks | Association between a replication group and its virtual disks |
1613 | Association between replicated virtual disks | Association between replicated virtual disks |
1615 | The name of the account to which the access right is granted. | The name of the account to which the access right is granted. |
1616 | Denotes the access type ( Allow, Deny ). | Denotes the access type ( Allow, Deny ). |
1617 | Allow | Allow |
1618 | Deny | Deny |
1619 | Denotes the access right. | Denotes the access right. |
1620 | Full | Full |
1621 | Modify | Modify |
1622 | Read | Read |
1623 | Custom | Custom |
1624 | A file share access control entry object models the subsystem's concept of an access control entry for a file share. | A file share access control entry object models the subsystem's concept of an access control entry for a file share. |
1625 | Name is a semi-unique (scoped to the owning file server), human-readable string used to access and identify a file share. | Name is a semi-unique (scoped to the owning file server), human-readable string used to access and identify a file share. |
1626 | A user settable description of the file share. This field can be used to store extra free-form information, such as notes or details about the intended usage. | A user settable description of the file share. This field can be used to store extra free-form information, such as notes or details about the intended usage. |
1627 | The volume relative path to the directory that is being shared. | The volume relative path to the directory that is being shared. |
1628 | If TRUE the share is continuously available. | If TRUE the share is continuously available. |
1629 | If TRUE the share data transmission is encrypted. | If TRUE the share data transmission is encrypted. |
1630 | The file sharing protocol used by the share. | The file sharing protocol used by the share. |
1631 | NFS | NFS |
1632 | CIFS(SMB) | CIFS(SMB) |
1633 | Denotes the current health status of the file share. 0 - 'Healthy': TBD. 1 - 'Warning': TBD. 2 - 'Unhealthy': TBD. |
Denotes the current health status of the file share. 0 - 'Healthy': TBD. 1 - 'Warning': TBD. 2 - 'Unhealthy': TBD. |
1635 | This method deletes a file share. Deleting the share does not delete the underlying volume. | This method deletes a file share. Deleting the share does not delete the underlying volume. |
1636 | This method allows a user to set the description field of the share. | This method allows a user to set the description field of the share. |
1637 | This method allows the user to update or set various attributes on the file server. Note that not all parameters must be specified, and only those given will be updated. | This method allows the user to update or set various attributes on the file server. Note that not all parameters must be specified, and only those given will be updated. |
1638 | If TRUE the share will be encrypted during transport. | If TRUE the share will be encrypted during transport. |
1639 | This method gets the access control entries for the specified accounts. | This method gets the access control entries for the specified accounts. |
1642 | This method grants the specified user accounts the specified access to the file share. | This method grants the specified user accounts the specified access to the file share. |
1643 | User accounts to grant access to the file share. | User accounts to grant access to the file share. |
1644 | Read, Modify or All. | Read, Modify or All. |
1645 | This method revokes accesses to the file share for the specified users. | This method revokes accesses to the file share for the specified users. |
1646 | Users to revoke access to the file share. | Users to revoke access to the file share. |
1647 | This method denies the specified users access to the file share. | This method denies the specified users access to the file share. |
1648 | User accounts to deny access to the file share. | User accounts to deny access to the file share. |
1649 | This method removes the specified users from the denied access list for the file share. | This method removes the specified users from the denied access list for the file share. |
1650 | User accounts to remove from the deny access list for the file share. | User accounts to remove from the deny access list for the file share. |
1651 | A file share object models the subsystem's concept of a file share. | A file share object models the subsystem's concept of a file share. |
1652 | A user-friendly string representing the name of the file server. Friendly name can be set using the SetFriendlyName method. | A user-friendly string representing the name of the file server. Friendly name can be set using the SetFriendlyName method. |
1653 | HostNames are semi-unique (scoped to the owning storage subsystem), human-readable strings used to identify a file server. There is a separate host name element per file sharing protocol. | HostNames are semi-unique (scoped to the owning storage subsystem), human-readable strings used to identify a file server. There is a separate host name element per file sharing protocol. |
1654 | Denotes the current health status of the file server. 0 - 'Healthy': TBD. 1 - 'Warning': TBD. 2 - 'Unhealthy': TBD.5 - 'Unknown': TBD. |
Denotes the current health status of the file server. 0 - 'Healthy': TBD. 1 - 'Warning': TBD. 2 - 'Unhealthy': TBD.5 - 'Unknown': TBD. |
1655 | Indicates the current operating conditions of the file server. Unlike HealthStatus, this field indicates the status of hardware, software, and infrastructure issues related to this server, and can contain multiple values. Various operational statuses are defined. Many of the enumeration's values are self-explanatory. | Indicates the current operating conditions of the file server. Unlike HealthStatus, this field indicates the status of hardware, software, and infrastructure issues related to this server, and can contain multiple values. Various operational statuses are defined. Many of the enumeration's values are self-explanatory. |
1656 | If TRUE the server supports file share creation. | If TRUE the server supports file share creation. |
1658 | The file sharing protocols supported by the file server. | The file sharing protocols supported by the file server. |
1659 | SMB | SMB |
1660 | Specifies the file sharing protocol versions supported. | Specifies the file sharing protocol versions supported. |
1661 | This method creates a file share | This method creates a file share |
1662 | Name is a semi-unique (scoped to the owning file server), human-readable string used to identify a file share. | Name is a semi-unique (scoped to the owning file server), human-readable string used to identify a file share. |
1663 | Specifies a description of the share. This field can be used to store extra free-form information, such as notes or details about the intended usage. | Specifies a description of the share. This field can be used to store extra free-form information, such as notes or details about the intended usage. |
1664 | The volume on which the share is to be created. | The volume on which the share is to be created. |
1665 | The volume relative path of an existing directory to share. If this parameter is not provided, an empty share will be created. | The volume relative path of an existing directory to share. If this parameter is not provided, an empty share will be created. |
1666 | If TRUE the share will be continuously available. | If TRUE the share will be continuously available. |
1667 | The file sharing protocol used by the share if the server supports more than one protocol. | The file sharing protocol used by the share if the server supports more than one protocol. |
1668 | This method deletes file server. If the file server contains any file shares, these shares must be removed first. | This method deletes file server. If the file server contains any file shares, these shares must be removed first. |
1672 | This method allows the file server to be renamed. | This method allows the file server to be renamed. |
1673 | A file server object models the subsystems concept of a file server. | A file server object models the subsystems concept of a file server. |
1674 | The file server that will own this volume. | The file server that will own this volume. |
1675 | Denotes whether this subsystem supports a file server. | Denotes whether this subsystem supports a file server. |
1676 | Denotes whether this subsystem supports creation of a file server. | Denotes whether this subsystem supports creation of a file server. |
1677 | Denotes whether this subsystem supports continuously available (CA) file servers. | Denotes whether this subsystem supports continuously available (CA) file servers. |
1678 | This field describes the protocols supported by file servers on this subsystem. | This field describes the protocols supported by file servers on this subsystem. |
1679 | This method allows for the creation of a file server on a storage subsystem. | This method allows for the creation of a file server on a storage subsystem. |
1680 | This parameter allows the user to specify the FriendlyName at the time of the file server creation. FriendlyNames are expected to be descriptive, however they are not required to be unique. Note that some storage subsystems do not allow setting a friendly name during file server creation. If a subsystem doesn't support this, file server creation should still succeed, however the file server may have a different name assigned to it. | This parameter allows the user to specify the FriendlyName at the time of the file server creation. FriendlyNames are expected to be descriptive, however they are not required to be unique. Note that some storage subsystems do not allow setting a friendly name during file server creation. If a subsystem doesn't support this, file server creation should still succeed, however the file server may have a different name assigned to it. |
1681 | HostNames are semi-unique (scoped to the owning storage subsystem),human-readable strings used to identify a file server. There is a separate host name element per file sharing protocol. It is valid to specify the same name for different protocols. | HostNames are semi-unique (scoped to the owning storage subsystem),human-readable strings used to identify a file server. There is a separate host name element per file sharing protocol. It is valid to specify the same name for different protocols. |
1682 | Represents a storage array that exposes virtual disks and/or a computer system that exposes file server capabilities. | Represents a storage array that exposes virtual disks and/or a computer system that exposes file server capabilities. |
1683 | Association between a subsystem and its file server | Association between a subsystem and its file server |
1684 | Association between a subsystem and its file shares | Association between a subsystem and its file shares |
1685 | Association between FileServer and its FileShares | Association between FileServer and its FileShares |
1686 | Association between FileServer and eligible Volumes for file shares | Association between FileServer and eligible Volumes for file shares |
1687 | Association between a volume and its file shares | Association between a volume and its file shares |
1688 | This property is identical to the ObjectId field of the disk object that contains this partition. | This property is identical to the ObjectId field of the disk object that contains this partition. |
1689 | This property indicates the partition's offset from the beginning of the disk, measured in bytes. | This property indicates the partition's offset from the beginning of the disk, measured in bytes. |
1690 | No extended status object was found for the storage job. | No extended status object was found for the storage job. |
1691 | This method deletes a volume. | This method deletes a volume. |
1692 | GetCorruptionCount | GetCorruptionCount |
1693 | Resizes the volume. | Resizes the volume. |
1694 | The operation is not supported while the cluster is being upgraded. | The operation is not supported while the cluster is being upgraded. |
1695 | The access control entries for the share. | The access control entries for the share. |
1696 | Indicates whether write caching is enabled on this physical disk or not. | Indicates whether write caching is enabled on this physical disk or not. |
1697 | Indicates whether this physical disk is equipped to tolerate a power loss without loss of data. | Indicates whether this physical disk is equipped to tolerate a power loss without loss of data. |
1698 | ReplicationGroup | ReplicationGroup |
1699 | Association between StorageNode and Disk. | Association between StorageNode and Disk. |
1700 | Denotes the operational status of the PhysicalDisk on this StorageNode. | Denotes the operational status of the PhysicalDisk on this StorageNode. |
1701 | Denotes the health status of the PhysicalDisk on this StorageNode. | Denotes the health status of the PhysicalDisk on this StorageNode. |
1702 | The operating system's number for the disk on this StorageNode. Disk 0 is typically the boot device. Disk numbers may not necessarily remain the same across reboot, and are not necessarily the same on different nodes. | The operating system's number for the disk on this StorageNode. Disk 0 is typically the boot device. Disk numbers may not necessarily remain the same across reboot, and are not necessarily the same on different nodes. |
1703 | Indicates whether the physical disk uses MPIO. | Indicates whether the physical disk uses MPIO. |
1704 | The MPIO load balance policy being used by the disk. | The MPIO load balance policy being used by the disk. |
1705 | Fail Over | Fail Over |
1706 | Round Robin | Round Robin |
1707 | Round Robin with Subset | Round Robin with Subset |
1708 | Least Queue Depth | Least Queue Depth |
1709 | Weighted Paths | Weighted Paths |
1710 | Least Blocks | Least Blocks |
1711 | Collection of MPIO path IDs, reported by the MPIO DSM, when applicable. | Collection of MPIO path IDs, reported by the MPIO DSM, when applicable. |
1712 | The current state of MPIO paths between the node and physical disk. | The current state of MPIO paths between the node and physical disk. |
1713 | Unavailable | Unavailable |
1714 | Active/Unoptimized | Active/Unoptimized |
1715 | Standby | Standby |
1716 | Active/Optimized | Active/Optimized |
1717 | One or more physical disks are not in the pool. | One or more physical disks are not in the pool. |
1718 | Association between StorageNode and Volume. | Association between StorageNode and Volume. |
1719 | Association between StoragePool and Volume. This association should only exist for concrete pools. | Association between StoragePool and Volume. This association should only exist for concrete pools. |
1721 | The destination path is not accessible. | The destination path is not accessible. |
1722 | The path to store the collected logs. On a remote subsystem, this path must be accessible to the client (management) machine, and not necessarily the remote subsystem. | The path to store the collected logs. On a remote subsystem, this path must be accessible to the client (management) machine, and not necessarily the remote subsystem. |
1723 | This parameter sets a limit on how far back log messages should be gathered (in minutes). Default is that all logs will be gathered, no matter how old. | This parameter sets a limit on how far back log messages should be gathered (in minutes). Default is that all logs will be gathered, no matter how old. |
1724 | Gather only those log messages which correspond to a particular activity ID. This can be when an extended status message has been reported by an operation which supplies an ActivityId. It will help find log messages related to that extended status failure message. | Gather only those log messages which correspond to a particular activity ID. This can be when an extended status message has been reported by an operation which supplies an ActivityId. It will help find log messages related to that extended status failure message. |
1725 | This method enables real-time diagnostic tracing for the Storage SubSystem. Tracing will remain on until DisableDiagnosticLog is called. Tracing may add some additional overhead to the subsystem, so only use it when trying to root-cause a failure that could not otherwise be solved. For most cases, you should only use this method when troubleshooting an issue with your storage subsystem vendor's support staff. | This method enables real-time diagnostic tracing for the Storage SubSystem. Tracing will remain on until DisableDiagnosticLog is called. Tracing may add some additional overhead to the subsystem, so only use it when trying to root-cause a failure that could not otherwise be solved. For most cases, you should only use this method when troubleshooting an issue with your storage subsystem vendor's support staff. |
1726 | Specifies the maximum level of trace messages to gather. Each subsequent level will include events from previous levels. (i.e. 5 - 'Verbose' will log all events.) | Specifies the maximum level of trace messages to gather. Each subsequent level will include events from previous levels. (i.e. 5 - 'Verbose' will log all events.) |
1727 | Informational | Informational |
1728 | Verbose | Verbose |
1730 | Association between StorageSubSystem and Disk | Association between StorageSubSystem and Disk |
1731 | Association between StorageSubSystem and Partition | Association between StorageSubSystem and Partition |
1732 | Association between StorageSubSystem and Volume | Association between StorageSubSystem and Volume |
1733 | SetFileShare | SetFileShare |
1734 | Brings the partition online by mounting the associated volume (if one exists). | Brings the partition online by mounting the associated volume (if one exists). |
1735 | This method retrieves various messages returned by a job. | This method retrieves various messages returned by a job. |
1736 | Debug | Debug |
1737 | A unique identifier for the fault | A unique identifier for the fault |
1738 | A string that uniquely identifies the type of fault. | A string that uniquely identifies the type of fault. |
1739 | The description of the object that triggered the fault | The description of the object that triggered the fault |
1740 | The location of the object that triggered the fault | The location of the object that triggered the fault |
1742 | The formatted message describing the reason for the fault. | The formatted message describing the reason for the fault. |
1743 | Free form descriptions of the recommended actions to take to resolve the cause of the fault. | Free form descriptions of the recommended actions to take to resolve the cause of the fault. |
1745 | Object representing the result of a Diagnose method call on a storage object. | Object representing the result of a Diagnose method call on a storage object. |
1746 | The total logical size of all files on the volume, in bytes. This is an estimate of the volume used space if deduplication feature was disabled. | The total logical size of all files on the volume, in bytes. This is an estimate of the volume used space if deduplication feature was disabled. |
1747 | The difference between the logical size of the optimized files and the logical size of the store (the deduplicated user data plus deduplication metadata). | The difference between the logical size of the optimized files and the logical size of the store (the deduplicated user data plus deduplication metadata). |
1748 | The ratio of deduplication savings to the logical size of all of the files on the volume, expressed as a percentage. | The ratio of deduplication savings to the logical size of all of the files on the volume, expressed as a percentage. |
1749 | The number of optimized files on the volume. | The number of optimized files on the volume. |
1750 | The total logical size of all optimized files on the volume, in bytes. | The total logical size of all optimized files on the volume, in bytes. |
1751 | The ratio of deduplication savings to the logical size of all optimized files on the volume, expressed as a percentage. | The ratio of deduplication savings to the logical size of all optimized files on the volume, expressed as a percentage. |
1752 | The number of files that currently qualify for optimization. | The number of files that currently qualify for optimization. |
1753 | The aggregate size of all files that currently qualify for optimization. | The aggregate size of all files that currently qualify for optimization. |
1754 | Volume deduplication properties. | Volume deduplication properties. |
1755 | Indicates the deduplication mode of the volume. | Indicates the deduplication mode of the volume. |
1756 | GeneralPurpose | GeneralPurpose |
1757 | HyperV | HyperV |
1758 | Backup | Backup |
1759 | NotAvailable | NotAvailable |
1760 | The volume optimization operation requested is not supported by the hardware backing the volume. | The volume optimization operation requested is not supported by the hardware backing the volume. |
1761 | Volume optimization was unable to complete because the disk backing the volume is full. | Volume optimization was unable to complete because the disk backing the volume is full. |
1762 | Another volume optimization operation is currently in progress on the volume. | Another volume optimization operation is currently in progress on the volume. |
1763 | This volume cannot be optimized. | This volume cannot be optimized. |
1764 | The volume to be optimized is corrupted. | The volume to be optimized is corrupted. |
1765 | The user cancelled the operation. | The user cancelled the operation. |
1766 | A file on the disk could not be opened. | A file on the disk could not be opened. |
1767 | Volume optimization aborted because the storage slab size changed while performing the operation. | Volume optimization aborted because the storage slab size changed while performing the operation. |
1768 | Neither slab consolidation nor slab analysis can run if slabs are less than 8 MB. | Neither slab consolidation nor slab analysis can run if slabs are less than 8 MB. |
1769 | The volume alignment is invalid for the slab consolidation/trim operation requested. | The volume alignment is invalid for the slab consolidation/trim operation requested. |
1770 | The storage optimizer could not continue because the file system's master file table is too fragmented. | The storage optimizer could not continue because the file system's master file table is too fragmented. |
1771 | This method performs a diagnostic on the storage subsystem, returning any actionable results. | This method performs a diagnostic on the storage subsystem, returning any actionable results. |
1772 | Failed to communicate with cluster health resource | Failed to communicate with cluster health resource |
1773 | The actionable results of diagnose. | The actionable results of diagnose. |
1774 | This method changes the deduplication mode of the volume. | This method changes the deduplication mode of the volume. |
1775 | Deduplication feature is not available | Deduplication feature is not available |
1776 | New deduplication mode of the volume. | New deduplication mode of the volume. |
1777 | This method returns deduplication properties of the volume. | This method returns deduplication properties of the volume. |
1778 | Deduplication is not enabled for the volume | Deduplication is not enabled for the volume |
1780 | The specified user account could not be found | The specified user account could not be found |
1781 | If TRUE the file server will support continuously available file shares. | If TRUE the file server will support continuously available file shares. |
1782 | You must specify a name for this file share. | You must specify a name for this file share. |
1783 | You must specify a sharing protocol for this file share. | You must specify a sharing protocol for this file share. |
1784 | You must specify a volume for this file share. | You must specify a volume for this file share. |
1788 | This field is a free-form string indicating where the hardware is located. | This field is a free-form string indicating where the hardware is located. |
1789 | Common base class for all storage fault domain objects | Common base class for all storage fault domain objects |
1790 | StorageSubSystem | StorageSubSystem |
1791 | Indicates if the ReplicaPeer is primary i.e: If the ReplicaPeer is a System Element and not a Synced Element | Indicates if the ReplicaPeer is primary i.e: If the ReplicaPeer is a System Element and not a Synced Element |
1792 | Populated when "Type" has the value of "EmbeddedInstance". | Populated when "Type" has the value of "EmbeddedInstance". |
1793 | Size of replication journal in units of bytes. Size must be in multiples of gigabytes. | Size of replication journal in units of bytes. Size must be in multiples of gigabytes. |
1794 | Determines the current allocation behavior for this virtual disk. Fault domain aware virtual disks will intelligently pick the physical disks to use for their redundancy to balance the fault tolerance between two (or more) fault domain units of the specified type. | Determines the current allocation behavior for this virtual disk. Fault domain aware virtual disks will intelligently pick the physical disks to use for their redundancy to balance the fault tolerance between two (or more) fault domain units of the specified type. |
1795 | PhysicalDisk | PhysicalDisk |
1796 | StorageEnclosure | StorageEnclosure |
1797 | StorageScaleUnit | StorageScaleUnit |
1798 | StorageChassis | StorageChassis |
1799 | StorageRack | StorageRack |
1800 | This method allows for the creation of a replication relationship between virtual disks. | This method allows for the creation of a replication relationship between virtual disks. |
1801 | A end user relevant name for the element being created. If NULL, then a system supplied default name can be used. The value will be stored in the \'FriendlyName\' property for the created element. | A end user relevant name for the element being created. If NULL, then a system supplied default name can be used. The value will be stored in the \'FriendlyName\' property for the created element. |
1802 | A storage pool on the target to be used as the source for creating the TargetVirtualDisk. This parameter is ignored if a target virtual disk is specified. | A storage pool on the target to be used as the source for creating the TargetVirtualDisk. This parameter is ignored if a target virtual disk is specified. |
1803 | Sets the relationship between virtual disks. | Sets the relationship between virtual disks. |
1804 | This parameter is used to specify the replica peer for the target virtual disk. | This parameter is used to specify the replica peer for the target virtual disk. |
1805 | Bluetooth | Bluetooth |
1806 | Enumeration indicating the supported object types associated with these replication capabilities. | Enumeration indicating the supported object types associated with these replication capabilities. |
1807 | ReplicaPeer | ReplicaPeer |
1808 | Enumeration indicating the supported SyncType/Mode/Local-or-Remote combinations. | Enumeration indicating the supported SyncType/Mode/Local-or-Remote combinations. |
1809 | Synchronous Mirror Local | Synchronous Mirror Local |
1810 | Asynchronous Mirror Local | Asynchronous Mirror Local |
1811 | Synchronous Mirror Remote | Synchronous Mirror Remote |
1812 | Asynchronous Mirror Remote | Asynchronous Mirror Remote |
1813 | Synchronous Snapshot Local | Synchronous Snapshot Local |
1814 | Asynchronous Snapshot Local | Asynchronous Snapshot Local |
1815 | Synchronous Snapshot Remote | Synchronous Snapshot Remote |
1816 | Asynchronous Snapshot Remote | Asynchronous Snapshot Remote |
1817 | Synchronous Clone Local | Synchronous Clone Local |
1818 | Asynchronous Clone Local | Asynchronous Clone Local |
1819 | Synchronous Clone Remote | Synchronous Clone Remote |
1820 | Asynchronous Clone Remote | Asynchronous Clone Remote |
1821 | Synchronous TokenizedClone Local | Synchronous TokenizedClone Local |
1822 | Asynchronous TokenizedClone Local | Asynchronous TokenizedClone Local |
1823 | Synchronous TokenizedClone Remote | Synchronous TokenizedClone Remote |
1824 | Asynchronous TokenizedClone Remote | Asynchronous TokenizedClone Remote |
1825 | Adaptive Mirror Local | Adaptive Mirror Local |
1826 | Adaptive Mirror Remote | Adaptive Mirror Remote |
1827 | Adaptive Snapshot Local | Adaptive Snapshot Local |
1828 | Adaptive Snapshot Remote | Adaptive Snapshot Remote |
1829 | Adaptive Clone Local | Adaptive Clone Local |
1830 | Adaptive Clone Remote | Adaptive Clone Remote |
1831 | Adaptive TokenizedClone Local | Adaptive TokenizedClone Local |
1832 | Adaptive TokenizedClone Remote | Adaptive TokenizedClone Remote |
1833 | Default value for recovery point | Default value for recovery point |
1834 | Indicates if Replication Groups is supported | Indicates if Replication Groups is supported |
1835 | Indicates if empty Replicaiotn Groups are allowed | Indicates if empty Replicaiotn Groups are allowed |
1836 | Indicates if this is a fully discovered model | Indicates if this is a fully discovered model |
1837 | Indicates if CreateReplicationShip operation is supported | Indicates if CreateReplicationShip operation is supported |
1838 | Enumeration indicating what operations will be executed as asynchronous jobs. If an operation is included in both this and SupportedSynchronousActions properties then the underlying implementation is indicating that it may or may not create a job. Note: the following methods are not supported asynchronously, hence the gap between 11 and 19: - CreateGroup - DeleteGroup - AddMembers - RemoveMembers - AddReplicationEntity - AddServiceAccessPoint - AddSharedSecret. |
Enumeration indicating what operations will be executed as asynchronous jobs. If an operation is included in both this and SupportedSynchronousActions properties then the underlying implementation is indicating that it may or may not create a job. Note: the following methods are not supported asynchronously, hence the gap between 11 and 19: - CreateGroup - DeleteGroup - AddMembers - RemoveMembers - AddReplicationEntity - AddServiceAccessPoint - AddSharedSecret. |
1839 | CreateElementReplica | CreateElementReplica |
1840 | CreateGroupReplica | CreateGroupReplica |
1841 | CreateSynchronizationAspect | CreateSynchronizationAspect |
1842 | ModifyReplicaSynchronization | ModifyReplicaSynchronization |
1843 | ModifyListSynchronization | ModifyListSynchronization |
1844 | ModifySettingsDefineState | ModifySettingsDefineState |
1845 | GetAvailableTargetElements | GetAvailableTargetElements |
1846 | GetPeerSystems | GetPeerSystems |
1847 | GetReplicationRelationships | GetReplicationRelationships |
1848 | GetServiceAccessPoints | GetServiceAccessPoints |
1849 | CreateListReplica | CreateListReplica |
1850 | CreateGroupReplicaFromElements | CreateGroupReplicaFromElements |
1851 | GetReplicationRelationshipInstances | GetReplicationRelationshipInstances |
1852 | ModifyListSettingsDefineState | ModifyListSettingsDefineState |
1853 | CreateRemoteReplicationCollection | CreateRemoteReplicationCollection |
1854 | AddToRemoteReplicationCollection | AddToRemoteReplicationCollection |
1855 | RemoveFromRemoteReplicationCollection | RemoveFromRemoteReplicationCollection |
1856 | GetSynchronizationAspects | GetSynchronizationAspects |
1857 | GetSynchronizationAspectInstances | GetSynchronizationAspectInstances |
1858 | CreateGroupReplicaFromElementSynchronizations | CreateGroupReplicaFromElementSynchronizations |
1859 | AddElementsToGroupSynchronized | AddElementsToGroupSynchronized |
1860 | ConfirmTargetData | ConfirmTargetData |
1861 | CreateListSynchronizationAspect | CreateListSynchronizationAspect |
1862 | Enumeration indicating what operations will be executed synchronously -- without the creation of a job. If an operation is included in both this property and SupportedAsynchronousActions then the underlying implementation is indicating that it may or may not create a job. Note: the following methods are not supported asynchronously: - CreateGroup - DeleteGroup - AddMembers - RemoveMembers - AddReplicationEntity - AddServiceAccessPoint - AddSharedSecret. |
Enumeration indicating what operations will be executed synchronously -- without the creation of a job. If an operation is included in both this property and SupportedAsynchronousActions then the underlying implementation is indicating that it may or may not create a job. Note: the following methods are not supported asynchronously: - CreateGroup - DeleteGroup - AddMembers - RemoveMembers - AddReplicationEntity - AddServiceAccessPoint - AddSharedSecret. |
1863 | CreateGroup | CreateGroup |
1864 | DeleteGroup | DeleteGroup |
1865 | AddMembers | AddMembers |
1866 | RemoveMembers | RemoveMembers |
1867 | AddReplicationEntity | AddReplicationEntity |
1868 | AddServiceAccessPoint | AddServiceAccessPoint |
1869 | AddSharedSecret | AddSharedSecret |
1870 | This method for a given ReplicationType returns the supported Operations on a StorageSynchronized association that can be supplied to the ModifyReplicaSynchronization method. | This method for a given ReplicationType returns the supported Operations on a StorageSynchronized association that can be supplied to the ModifyReplicaSynchronization method. |
1871 | A value representing the ReplicationType. | A value representing the ReplicationType. |
1872 | An array of Supported Operations. | An array of Supported Operations. |
1873 | Activate Consistency | Activate Consistency |
1874 | Deactivate Consistency | Deactivate Consistency |
1875 | Resync Replica | Resync Replica |
1876 | Restore from Replica | Restore from Replica |
1877 | Reset To Sync | Reset To Sync |
1878 | Reset To Async | Reset To Async |
1879 | Return To ResourcePool | Return To ResourcePool |
1880 | Reverse Roles | Reverse Roles |
1881 | Prepare | Prepare |
1882 | Reset To Adaptive | Reset To Adaptive |
1883 | This method for a given ReplicationType returns the supported Operations on a GroupSynchronized association that can be supplied to the ModifyReplicaSynchronization method. | This method for a given ReplicationType returns the supported Operations on a GroupSynchronized association that can be supplied to the ModifyReplicaSynchronization method. |
1884 | An array of Supported group Operations. | An array of Supported group Operations. |
1885 | This method, for a given ReplicationType, returns the supported features. | This method, for a given ReplicationType, returns the supported features. |
1886 | An array of Supported Features. | An array of Supported Features. |
1887 | Replication groups | Replication groups |
1888 | Multi-hop element replication | Multi-hop element replication |
1889 | Multi-hop elements must have same SyncType | Multi-hop elements must have same SyncType |
1890 | Multi-hop requires advance notice | Multi-hop requires advance notice |
1891 | Requires full discovery of target ComputerSystem | Requires full discovery of target ComputerSystem |
1892 | Service suspends source I/O when necessary | Service suspends source I/O when necessary |
1893 | Targets allocated from Any storage pool | Targets allocated from Any storage pool |
1894 | Targets allocated from Shared storage pool | Targets allocated from Shared storage pool |
1895 | Targets allocated from Exclusive storage pool | Targets allocated from Exclusive storage pool |
1896 | Targets allocated from Multiple storage pools | Targets allocated from Multiple storage pools |
1897 | Targets require reserved elements | Targets require reserved elements |
1898 | Target is associated to SynchronizationAspect | Target is associated to SynchronizationAspect |
1899 | Source is associated to SynchronizationAspect | Source is associated to SynchronizationAspect |
1900 | Error recovery from Broken state Automatic | Error recovery from Broken state Automatic |
1901 | Target must remain associated to source | Target must remain associated to source |
1902 | Remote resource requires remote CIMOM | Remote resource requires remote CIMOM |
1903 | Synchronized clone target detaches automatically | Synchronized clone target detaches automatically |
1904 | Reverse Roles operation requires Read Only source | Reverse Roles operation requires Read Only source |
1905 | Reverse Roles operation requires subsequent resync | Reverse Roles operation requires subsequent resync |
1906 | Restore operation requires subsequent fracture | Restore operation requires subsequent fracture |
1907 | Resync operation requires subsequent activate | Resync operation requires subsequent activate |
1908 | Copy operation requires offline source | Copy operation requires offline source |
1909 | Adjustable CopyPriority | Adjustable CopyPriority |
1910 | Source requires reserved element | Source requires reserved element |
1911 | Supports undiscovered resources | Supports undiscovered resources |
1912 | Restore operation requires subsequent detach | Restore operation requires subsequent detach |
1913 | Target element can be added to collections | Target element can be added to collections |
1914 | Reverse Roles operation requires Synchronized state | Reverse Roles operation requires Synchronized state |
1915 | Reverse Roles operation requires Fractured state | Reverse Roles operation requires Fractured state |
1916 | Reverse Roles operation requires Split state | Reverse Roles operation requires Split state |
1917 | Reverse Roles operation requires FailedOver state | Reverse Roles operation requires FailedOver state |
1918 | Reverse Roles operation requires Suspended state | Reverse Roles operation requires Suspended state |
1919 | Provider can manage remote source | Provider can manage remote source |
1920 | Provider can manage remote target | Provider can manage remote target |
1921 | Supports temporary ReplicationEntity | Supports temporary ReplicationEntity |
1922 | Supports persistent ReplicationEntity | Supports persistent ReplicationEntity |
1923 | ReplicationEntity supports embedded instance | ReplicationEntity supports embedded instance |
1924 | TargetElement shall not be supplied | TargetElement shall not be supplied |
1925 | TargetPool shall not be supplied | TargetPool shall not be supplied |
1926 | TargetGoal shall not be supplied | TargetGoal shall not be supplied |
1927 | Provider can create remote elements | Provider can create remote elements |
1928 | Creating remote elements requires TargetPool | Creating remote elements requires TargetPool |
1929 | Local targets allocated from sources resource pool | Local targets allocated from sources resource pool |
1930 | Supports SynchronizationAspect | Supports SynchronizationAspect |
1931 | Accepts foreign object paths | Accepts foreign object paths |
1932 | Failover operation requires subsequent fracture | Failover operation requires subsequent fracture |
1933 | Failover operation requires subsequent split | Failover operation requires subsequent split |
1934 | Restore operation requires subsequent resume | Restore operation requires subsequent resume |
1935 | GetPeerSystems can return access points | GetPeerSystems can return access points |
1936 | Client can supply target ElementName | Client can supply target ElementName |
1937 | Reverse Roles operation does not change CopyState | Reverse Roles operation does not change CopyState |
1938 | Failover operation requires subsequent failback | Failover operation requires subsequent failback |
1939 | Planned Failover operation requires fractured state | Planned Failover operation requires fractured state |
1940 | Target element requires resource pool reserved for replication | Target element requires resource pool reserved for replication |
1941 | This method, for a given ReplicationType, returns the supported group features. | This method, for a given ReplicationType, returns the supported group features. |
1942 | One-to-many replication | One-to-many replication |
1943 | Many-to-many groups | Many-to-many groups |
1944 | Consistency enabled for all groups | Consistency enabled for all groups |
1945 | Empty replication groups allowed | Empty replication groups allowed |
1946 | Source group must have more than one element | Source group must have more than one element |
1947 | Composite Groups | Composite Groups |
1948 | Multihop element replication | Multihop element replication |
1949 | Group can only have one single relationship active | Group can only have one single relationship active |
1950 | Source element can be removed from group | Source element can be removed from group |
1951 | Target element can be removed from group | Target element can be removed from group |
1952 | Group can be temporary | Group can be temporary |
1953 | Group is nameable | Group is nameable |
1954 | Supports target element count | Supports target element count |
1955 | Element can be member of multiple groups | Element can be member of multiple groups |
1956 | Elements of group can be mix of thin and thick | Elements of group can be mix of thin and thick |
1957 | TokenizedClone ConsistentPointInTime | TokenizedClone ConsistentPointInTime |
1958 | Target elements can be added to collections | Target elements can be added to collections |
1959 | Provider can manage remote source group | Provider can manage remote source group |
1960 | Provider can manage remote target group | Provider can manage remote target group |
1961 | TargetGroup shall not be supplied | TargetGroup shall not be supplied |
1962 | TargetSettingGoal shall not be supplied | TargetSettingGoal shall not be supplied |
1963 | Provider can create remote target group | Provider can create remote target group |
1964 | Provider can create local target group | Provider can create local target group |
1965 | Provider must create remote group | Provider must create remote group |
1966 | Target group shall be supplied | Target group shall be supplied |
1967 | CreateGroupReplica only accepts empty groups | CreateGroupReplica only accepts empty groups |
1968 | One replication group per storage pool | One replication group per storage pool |
1969 | Supports ConsistencyExempt when adding to group | Supports ConsistencyExempt when adding to group |
1970 | Add or Remove to group requires Fractured state | Add or Remove to group requires Fractured state |
1971 | Add or Remove to group requires Split state | Add or Remove to group requires Split state |
1972 | Add or Remove to group requires Suspended state | Add or Remove to group requires Suspended state |
1973 | Add or Remove to group requires FailedOver state | Add or Remove to group requires FailedOver state |
1974 | Supports SynchronizationAspect of replication group | Supports SynchronizationAspect of replication group |
1975 | No element level StorageSynchronized | No element level StorageSynchronized |
1976 | One consistent async per RemoteReplicationCollection | One consistent async per RemoteReplicationCollection |
1977 | Client can supply RelationshipName | Client can supply RelationshipName |
1978 | Implementation decides group member order | Implementation decides group member order |
1979 | Planned Failover operation requires split state | Planned Failover operation requires split state |
1980 | AddSyncPair requires Synchronized mirror pair | AddSyncPair requires Synchronized mirror pair |
1981 | Provider can create remote elements using TargetPools | Provider can create remote elements using TargetPools |
1982 | This method for a given ReplicationType returns the supported CopyStates and a parallel array to indicate for a given CopyState the target element is host accessible or not. If the Operation parameter is supplied, the method returns only the CopyStates that the operation can be accepted. |
This method for a given ReplicationType returns the supported CopyStates and a parallel array to indicate for a given CopyState the target element is host accessible or not. If the Operation parameter is supplied, the method returns only the CopyStates that the operation can be accepted. |
1983 | Supported Copy States. | Supported Copy States. |
1984 | This method, for a given ReplicationType, returns the supported replication group CopyStates. | This method, for a given ReplicationType, returns the supported replication group CopyStates. |
1985 | This method, for a given ReplicationType, returns recovery point data. | This method, for a given ReplicationType, returns recovery point data. |
1986 | Property Is Not Supported | Property Is Not Supported |
1987 | Default recovery point value | Default recovery point value |
1988 | List of recovery point values based on recovery point indicator | List of recovery point values based on recovery point indicator |
1989 | An Out parameter to indicate the semantics of the supported values. | An Out parameter to indicate the semantics of the supported values. |
1990 | Range | Range |
1991 | Discrete | Discrete |
1992 | Recovery Point Objective indicates the maximum interval in which data might be lost in seconds. For synchronous copy operations, RPO is 0. For asynchronous copy operations RPO represents the interval since the most recent transmission of data to the target element. | Recovery Point Objective indicates the maximum interval in which data might be lost in seconds. For synchronous copy operations, RPO is 0. For asynchronous copy operations RPO represents the interval since the most recent transmission of data to the target element. |
1993 | This parameter is used to specify an array of source storage objects by Ids to be replicated. Consistency ordering is based on the order of objects in this array. | This parameter is used to specify an array of source storage objects by Ids to be replicated. Consistency ordering is based on the order of objects in this array. |
1994 | Represents a storage chassis in a data center. | Represents a storage chassis in a data center. |
1995 | Association between a StorageFaultDomain object and its ancestor or descendent StorageFaultDomain objects. | Association between a StorageFaultDomain object and its ancestor or descendent StorageFaultDomain objects. |
1996 | A globally unique identifier for the storage subsystem | A globally unique identifier for the storage subsystem |
1997 | The state change of the alert. | The state change of the alert. |
1998 | Creation | Creation |
1999 | Deletion | Deletion |
2000 | Modification | Modification |
2001 | The description of the object that triggered the fault. | The description of the object that triggered the fault. |
2002 | The formatted message describing the reason for the fault | The formatted message describing the reason for the fault |
2003 | A unique identifier for the object reporting the fault. | A unique identifier for the object reporting the fault. |
2004 | Storage fault event | Storage fault event |
2005 | Denotes the previous health status of the source object. 0 - 'Healthy': TBD. 1 - 'Warning': TBD. 2 - 'Unhealthy': TBD. |
Denotes the previous health status of the source object. 0 - 'Healthy': TBD. 1 - 'Warning': TBD. 2 - 'Unhealthy': TBD. |
2006 | Denotes the current health status of the source object. 0 - 'Healthy': TBD. 1 - 'Warning': TBD. 2 - 'Unhealthy': TBD. |
Denotes the current health status of the source object. 0 - 'Healthy': TBD. 1 - 'Warning': TBD. 2 - 'Unhealthy': TBD. |
2007 | A unique identifier for the source object. | A unique identifier for the source object. |
2008 | Storage health status change event | Storage health status change event |
2009 | Determines the default allocation behavior for virtual disks created in this pool. Fault domain aware virtual disks will intelligently pick the physical disks to use for their redundancy to balance the fault tolerance between two (or more) fault domain units of the specified type. | Determines the default allocation behavior for virtual disks created in this pool. Fault domain aware virtual disks will intelligently pick the physical disks to use for their redundancy to balance the fault tolerance between two (or more) fault domain units of the specified type. |
2010 | Denotes the version of this storage pool. | Denotes the version of this storage pool. |
2011 | Pool Metadata Version | Pool Metadata Version |
2012 | The operation is not supported on cluster. | The operation is not supported on cluster. |
2013 | You must specify a size by using the Size parameter. | You must specify a size by using the Size parameter. |
2014 | You must specify a name for this volume | You must specify a name for this volume |
2015 | You must specify a file server to expose this volume to | You must specify a file server to expose this volume to |
2016 | The volume is not exposed to the specified file server | The volume is not exposed to the specified file server |
2017 | The storage pool could not complete the operation because the health or operational status of one or more virtual disks in it does not permit it. | The storage pool could not complete the operation because the health or operational status of one or more virtual disks in it does not permit it. |
2019 | This parameter returns a reference to the storage job used to track the long running operation. | This parameter returns a reference to the storage job used to track the long running operation. |
2020 | One or more physical disks could not be removed. The policy on this storage pool requires a minimum number of physical disks to remain present. | One or more physical disks could not be removed. The policy on this storage pool requires a minimum number of physical disks to remain present. |
2021 | You may specify a write cache size by using either the WriteCacheSize or AutoWriteCacheSize parameter, but not both. | You may specify a write cache size by using either the WriteCacheSize or AutoWriteCacheSize parameter, but not both. |
2022 | A user relevant name for the relationship between the source and target groups or between a source element and a target group (i.e. one-to-many). If NULL, the implementation assigns a name. If the individual target elements require an ElementName, the implementation constructs an appropriate ElementName using the RelationshipName. For example, RelationshipName as a prefix followed by "_n" sequence number, where n is a number beginning with 1. | A user relevant name for the relationship between the source and target groups or between a source element and a target group (i.e. one-to-many). If NULL, the implementation assigns a name. If the individual target elements require an ElementName, the implementation constructs an appropriate ElementName using the RelationshipName. For example, RelationshipName as a prefix followed by "_n" sequence number, where n is a number beginning with 1. |
2023 | An ordered list of storage objects that are to be a part of the target Replication Group. | An ordered list of storage objects that are to be a part of the target Replication Group. |
2024 | The underlying storage for the target elements (the replicas) will be drawn from TargetStoragePool if specified, otherwise the allocation is implementation specific. If target elements are supplied, this parameter shall be NULL.supplied, this parameter shall be NULL. If TargetStoragePools supplied, TargetStoragePool shall be NULL. |
The underlying storage for the target elements (the replicas) will be drawn from TargetStoragePool if specified, otherwise the allocation is implementation specific. If target elements are supplied, this parameter shall be NULL.supplied, this parameter shall be NULL. If TargetStoragePools supplied, TargetStoragePool shall be NULL. |
2025 | This method allows for the deletion of a replication relationship between groups. The groups themselves will be deleted if they have no more relationships with other groups; however this does not apply for SMI-S, the group may still exist. | This method allows for the deletion of a replication relationship between groups. The groups themselves will be deleted if they have no more relationships with other groups; however this does not apply for SMI-S, the group may still exist. |
2026 | This method gathers all diagnostic information and logs that the Storage SubSystem maintains, and copies them to the path specified by the DestinationPath parameter. | This method gathers all diagnostic information and logs that the Storage SubSystem maintains, and copies them to the path specified by the DestinationPath parameter. |
2028 | This method disables real-time diagnostic tracing for the Storage SubSystem. | This method disables real-time diagnostic tracing for the Storage SubSystem. |
2029 | Represents a storage rack in a data center. | Represents a storage rack in a data center. |
2030 | Represents a unit of adding storage in a data center. | Represents a unit of adding storage in a data center. |
2031 | Association between StorageSubSystem and StorageFaultDomain | Association between StorageSubSystem and StorageFaultDomain |
2032 | SetVolume | SetVolume |
2033 | If this property is set to TRUE, the partition is in direct access mode. In this mode a memory mapped file doesn't reside in RAM, instead it is mapped directly onto the Storage Class Memory device and IOs bypass the storage stack. If set to FALSE, the partiton is in the standard block mode. | If this property is set to TRUE, the partition is in direct access mode. In this mode a memory mapped file doesn't reside in RAM, instead it is mapped directly onto the Storage Class Memory device and IOs bypass the storage stack. If set to FALSE, the partiton is in the standard block mode. |
2034 | Indicates the number of bytes processed by this job so far. | Indicates the number of bytes processed by this job so far. |
2035 | Indicates the total number of bytes being processed by this job. | Indicates the total number of bytes being processed by this job. |
2036 | A unique identifier of the object that triggered the fault. | A unique identifier of the object that triggered the fault. |
2037 | A string that uniquely identifies the type of the object that triggered the fault. | A string that uniquely identifies the type of the object that triggered the fault. |
2038 | The type of Health Action. | The type of Health Action. |
2039 | The short summary description of the action. | The short summary description of the action. |
2040 | The message parameters that are plugged into the default message template for the Health Action type. These can be plugged into a custom message. | The message parameters that are plugged into the default message template for the Health Action type. These can be plugged into a custom message. |
2041 | The full description of the action. | The full description of the action. |
2042 | This is the error code if the action failed. This should be set to 0 if the action was successful. This should be NULL until the action has completed. | This is the error code if the action failed. This should be set to 0 if the action was successful. This should be NULL until the action has completed. |
2043 | A free-form string that can contain a vendor-specific error description if the action failed. | A free-form string that can contain a vendor-specific error description if the action failed. |
2044 | Current high level state of the action. | Current high level state of the action. |
2045 | Scheduled | Scheduled |
2046 | Succeeded | Succeeded |
2047 | Canceled | Canceled |
2048 | A free-form string that provides implementation-specific status of the action. | A free-form string that provides implementation-specific status of the action. |
2049 | The percentage of the action that has completed at the time that this value is requested. | The percentage of the action that has completed at the time that this value is requested. |
2050 | This class represents health-related system activities that are rolled up and scoped by the three designated health-monitored classes, i.e. MSFT_StorageSubsystem, MSFT_FileShare, and MSFT_Volume. | This class represents health-related system activities that are rolled up and scoped by the three designated health-monitored classes, i.e. MSFT_StorageSubsystem, MSFT_FileShare, and MSFT_Volume. |
2051 | The health status of the Volume. 0 - 'Healthy': The volume is functioning normally. 1 - 'Warning': The volume is still functioning, but has detected errors or issues that require administrator intervention. 2 - 'Unhealthy': The volume is not functioning, due to errors or failures. The volume needs immediate attention from an administrator. |
The health status of the Volume. 0 - 'Healthy': The volume is functioning normally. 1 - 'Warning': The volume is still functioning, but has detected errors or issues that require administrator intervention. 2 - 'Unhealthy': The volume is not functioning, due to errors or failures. The volume needs immediate attention from an administrator. |
2052 | An array of values that denote the current operational status of the volume. 0 - 'Unknown': The operational status is unknown. 1 - 'Other': A vendor-specific OperationalStatus has been specified by setting the OtherOperationalStatusDescription property. 2 - 'OK': The volume is responding to commands and is in a normal operating state. 3 - 'Degraded': The volume is responding to commands, but is not running in an optimal operating state. 4 - 'Stressed': The volume is functioning, but needs attention. For example, the volume might be overloaded or overheated. 5 - 'Predictive Failure': The volume is functioning, but a failure is likely to occur in the near future. 6 - 'Error': An error has occurred. 7 - 'Non-Recoverable Error': A non-recoverable error has occurred. 8 - 'Starting': The volume is in the process of starting. 9 - 'Stopping': The volume is in the process of stopping. 10 - 'Stopped': The volume was stopped or shut down in a clean and orderly fashion. 11 - 'In Service': The volume is being configured, maintained, cleaned, or otherwise administered. 12 - 'No Contact': The storage provider has knowledge of the volume, but has never been able to establish communication with it. 13 - 'Lost Communication': The storage provider has knowledge of the volume and has contacted it successfully in the past, but the volume is currently unreachable. 14 - 'Aborted': Similar to Stopped, except that the volume stopped abruptly and may require configuration or maintenance. 15 - 'Dormant': The volume is reachable, but it is inactive. 16 - 'Supporting Entity in Error': This status value does not necessarily indicate trouble with the volume, but it does indicate that another device or connection that the volume depends on may need attention. 17 - 'Completed': The volume has completed an operation. This status value should be combined with OK, Error, or Degraded, depending on the outcome of the operation. 0xD00D - 'Scan Needed': In Windows-based storage subsystems, this indicates a scan is needed but not repair. 0xD00E - 'Spot Fix Needed': In Windows-based storage subsystems, this indicates limited repair is needed. 0xD00F - 'Full Repair Needed': In Windows-based storage subsystems, this indicates full repair is needed. 0xD013 - 'Offline': In Windows-based storage subsystems, this indicates that the object is offline. |
An array of values that denote the current operational status of the volume. 0 - 'Unknown': The operational status is unknown. 1 - 'Other': A vendor-specific OperationalStatus has been specified by setting the OtherOperationalStatusDescription property. 2 - 'OK': The volume is responding to commands and is in a normal operating state. 3 - 'Degraded': The volume is responding to commands, but is not running in an optimal operating state. 4 - 'Stressed': The volume is functioning, but needs attention. For example, the volume might be overloaded or overheated. 5 - 'Predictive Failure': The volume is functioning, but a failure is likely to occur in the near future. 6 - 'Error': An error has occurred. 7 - 'Non-Recoverable Error': A non-recoverable error has occurred. 8 - 'Starting': The volume is in the process of starting. 9 - 'Stopping': The volume is in the process of stopping. 10 - 'Stopped': The volume was stopped or shut down in a clean and orderly fashion. 11 - 'In Service': The volume is being configured, maintained, cleaned, or otherwise administered. 12 - 'No Contact': The storage provider has knowledge of the volume, but has never been able to establish communication with it. 13 - 'Lost Communication': The storage provider has knowledge of the volume and has contacted it successfully in the past, but the volume is currently unreachable. 14 - 'Aborted': Similar to Stopped, except that the volume stopped abruptly and may require configuration or maintenance. 15 - 'Dormant': The volume is reachable, but it is inactive. 16 - 'Supporting Entity in Error': This status value does not necessarily indicate trouble with the volume, but it does indicate that another device or connection that the volume depends on may need attention. 17 - 'Completed': The volume has completed an operation. This status value should be combined with OK, Error, or Degraded, depending on the outcome of the operation. 0xD00D - 'Scan Needed': In Windows-based storage subsystems, this indicates a scan is needed but not repair. 0xD00E - 'Spot Fix Needed': In Windows-based storage subsystems, this indicates limited repair is needed. 0xD00F - 'Full Repair Needed': In Windows-based storage subsystems, this indicates full repair is needed. 0xD013 - 'Offline': In Windows-based storage subsystems, this indicates that the object is offline. |
2053 | The allocation unit size of the volume. | The allocation unit size of the volume. |
2054 | Method not supported in this subsystem. | Method not supported in this subsystem. |
2055 | The Storage Health is not online. | The Storage Health is not online. |
2056 | This method retrieved the Health Actions being perfomed on the Volume. | This method retrieved the Health Actions being perfomed on the Volume. |
2057 | Health Actions currently being performed on the Volume. | Health Actions currently being performed on the Volume. |
2058 | A string representation of the Adapter's serial number. | A string representation of the Adapter's serial number. |
2059 | An array of values that denote the current operational status of the volume. 0 - 'Unknown': The operational status is unknown. 1 - 'Other': A vendor-specific OperationalStatus has been specified by setting the OtherOperationalStatusDescription property. 2 - 'OK': The disk is responding to commands and is in a normal operating state. 3 - 'Degraded': The disk is responding to commands, but is not running in an optimal operating state. 4 - 'Stressed': The disk is functioning, but needs attention. For example, the disk might be overloaded or overheated. 5 - 'Predictive Failure': The disk is functioning, but a failure is likely to occur in the near future. 6 - 'Error': An error has occurred. 7 - 'Non-Recoverable Error': A non-recoverable error has occurred. 8 - 'Starting': The disk is in the process of starting. 9 - 'Stopping': The disk is in the process of stopping. 10 - 'Stopped': The disk was stopped or shut down in a clean and orderly fashion. 11 - 'In Service': The disk is being configured, maintained, cleaned, or otherwise administered. 12 - 'No Contact': The storage provider has knowledge of the disk, but has never been able to establish communication with it. 13 - 'Lost Communication': The storage provider has knowledge of the disk and has contacted it successfully in the past, but the disk is currently unreachable. 14 - 'Aborted': Similar to Stopped, except that the disk stopped abruptly and may require configuration or maintenance. 15 - 'Dormant': The disk is reachable, but it is inactive. 16 - 'Supporting Entity in Error': This status value does not necessarily indicate trouble with the disk, but it does indicate that another device or connection that the disk depends on may need attention. 17 - 'Completed': The disk has completed an operation. This status value should be combined with OK, Error, or Degraded, depending on the outcome of the operation. 0xD010 - 'Online': In Windows-based storage subsystems, this indicates that the object is online. 0xD011 - 'Not Ready': In Windows-based storage subsystems, this indicates that the object is not ready. 0xD012 - 'No Media': In Windows-based storage subsystems, this indicates that the object has no media present. 0xD013 - 'Offline': In Windows-based storage subsystems, this indicates that the object is offline. 0xD014 - 'Failed': In Windows-based storage subsystems, this indicates that the object is in a failed state. |
An array of values that denote the current operational status of the volume. 0 - 'Unknown': The operational status is unknown. 1 - 'Other': A vendor-specific OperationalStatus has been specified by setting the OtherOperationalStatusDescription property. 2 - 'OK': The disk is responding to commands and is in a normal operating state. 3 - 'Degraded': The disk is responding to commands, but is not running in an optimal operating state. 4 - 'Stressed': The disk is functioning, but needs attention. For example, the disk might be overloaded or overheated. 5 - 'Predictive Failure': The disk is functioning, but a failure is likely to occur in the near future. 6 - 'Error': An error has occurred. 7 - 'Non-Recoverable Error': A non-recoverable error has occurred. 8 - 'Starting': The disk is in the process of starting. 9 - 'Stopping': The disk is in the process of stopping. 10 - 'Stopped': The disk was stopped or shut down in a clean and orderly fashion. 11 - 'In Service': The disk is being configured, maintained, cleaned, or otherwise administered. 12 - 'No Contact': The storage provider has knowledge of the disk, but has never been able to establish communication with it. 13 - 'Lost Communication': The storage provider has knowledge of the disk and has contacted it successfully in the past, but the disk is currently unreachable. 14 - 'Aborted': Similar to Stopped, except that the disk stopped abruptly and may require configuration or maintenance. 15 - 'Dormant': The disk is reachable, but it is inactive. 16 - 'Supporting Entity in Error': This status value does not necessarily indicate trouble with the disk, but it does indicate that another device or connection that the disk depends on may need attention. 17 - 'Completed': The disk has completed an operation. This status value should be combined with OK, Error, or Degraded, depending on the outcome of the operation. 0xD010 - 'Online': In Windows-based storage subsystems, this indicates that the object is online. 0xD011 - 'Not Ready': In Windows-based storage subsystems, this indicates that the object is not ready. 0xD012 - 'No Media': In Windows-based storage subsystems, this indicates that the object has no media present. 0xD013 - 'Offline': In Windows-based storage subsystems, this indicates that the object is offline. 0xD014 - 'Failed': In Windows-based storage subsystems, this indicates that the object is in a failed state. |
2060 | The health status of the Volume. 0 - 'Healthy': The disk is functioning normally. 1 - 'Warning': The disk is still functioning, but has detected errors or issues that require administrator intervention. 2 - 'Unhealthy': The volume is not functioning, due to errors or failures. The volume needs immediate attention from an administrator. |
The health status of the Volume. 0 - 'Healthy': The disk is functioning normally. 1 - 'Warning': The disk is still functioning, but has detected errors or issues that require administrator intervention. 2 - 'Unhealthy': The volume is not functioning, due to errors or failures. The volume needs immediate attention from an administrator. |
2061 | SCM | SCM |
2062 | If IsHighlyAvailable is TRUE, the disk is highly available. | If IsHighlyAvailable is TRUE, the disk is highly available. |
2063 | If IsScaleOut is TRUE, the disk is scaled out. | If IsScaleOut is TRUE, the disk is scaled out. |
2064 | This method creates a single volume using the remaining space on the disk. | This method creates a single volume using the remaining space on the disk. |
2065 | The specified cluster size is invalid. | The specified cluster size is invalid. |
2066 | Failover clustering was enabled for the storage object but it failed to come online. | Failover clustering was enabled for the storage object but it failed to come online. |
2067 | This parameter allows the user to specify the FriendlyName at the time of the volume creation. FriendlyNames are expected to be descriptive, however they are not required to be unique. The filesystem's label will be set to this friendly name. | This parameter allows the user to specify the FriendlyName at the time of the volume creation. FriendlyNames are expected to be descriptive, however they are not required to be unique. The filesystem's label will be set to this friendly name. |
2068 | Specifies the file system to format the created volume. Specifying a CSV file system is only supported on a storage spaces subsystem. For CSV the disk must be clusterable and the volume created will be a cluster shared volume. | Specifies the file system to format the created volume. Specifying a CSV file system is only supported on a storage spaces subsystem. For CSV the disk must be clusterable and the volume created will be a cluster shared volume. |
2069 | Specifies the allocation unit size to use when formatting the volume. | Specifies the allocation unit size to use when formatting the volume. |
2070 | This method enables High Availability and Scale Out features on this disk. These features are only available to disks that belong to a highly available storage subsystem. | This method enables High Availability and Scale Out features on this disk. These features are only available to disks that belong to a highly available storage subsystem. |
2071 | High Availability could not be enabled for this storage object. | High Availability could not be enabled for this storage object. |
2072 | Scale Out could not be enabled for this storage object. | Scale Out could not be enabled for this storage object. |
2073 | This parameter allows the user to specify whether the disk should enable Scale Out features. By default, this parameter is 'True', enabling Scale Out. | This parameter allows the user to specify whether the disk should enable Scale Out features. By default, this parameter is 'True', enabling Scale Out. |
2074 | This method disables High Availability and Scale Out features of this disk. No data will be lost, however acces to the disk may be interrupted as part of this operation. | This method disables High Availability and Scale Out features of this disk. No data will be lost, however acces to the disk may be interrupted as part of this operation. |
2075 | High Availability could not be disabled for this storage object. | High Availability could not be disabled for this storage object. |
2076 | Scale Out could not be disabled for this storage object. | Scale Out could not be disabled for this storage object. |
2077 | Failed to offline the storage object in Failover cluster. | Failed to offline the storage object in Failover cluster. |
2078 | VHD Set | VHD Set |
2079 | An array of values that denote the current operational status of the fileshare. 0 - 'Unknown': The operational status is unknown. 1 - 'Other': A vendor-specific OperationalStatus has been specified by setting the OtherOperationalStatusDescription property. 2 - 'OK': The disk is responding to commands and is in a normal operating state. 3 - 'Degraded': The disk is responding to commands, but is not running in an optimal operating state. 4 - 'Stressed': The disk is functioning, but needs attention. For example, the disk might be overloaded or overheated. 5 - 'Predictive Failure': The disk is functioning, but a failure is likely to occur in the near future. 6 - 'Error': An error has occurred. 7 - 'Non-Recoverable Error': A non-recoverable error has occurred. 8 - 'Starting': The disk is in the process of starting. 9 - 'Stopping': The disk is in the process of stopping. 10 - 'Stopped': The disk was stopped or shut down in a clean and orderly fashion. 11 - 'In Service': The disk is being configured, maintained, cleaned, or otherwise administered. 12 - 'No Contact': The storage provider has knowledge of the disk, but has never been able to establish communication with it. 13 - 'Lost Communication': The storage provider has knowledge of the disk and has contacted it successfully in the past, but the disk is currently unreachable. 14 - 'Aborted': Similar to Stopped, except that the disk stopped abruptly and may require configuration or maintenance. 15 - 'Dormant': The disk is reachable, but it is inactive. 16 - 'Supporting Entity in Error': This status value does not necessarily indicate trouble with the disk, but it does indicate that another device or connection that the disk depends on may need attention. 17 - 'Completed': The disk has completed an operation. This status value should be combined with OK, Error, or Degraded, depending on the outcome of the operation. 0xD010 - 'Online': In Windows-based storage subsystems, this indicates that the object is online. 0xD011 - 'Not Ready': In Windows-based storage subsystems, this indicates that the object is not ready. 0xD012 - 'No Media': In Windows-based storage subsystems, this indicates that the object has no media present. 0xD013 - 'Offline': In Windows-based storage subsystems, this indicates that the object is offline. 0xD014 - 'Failed': In Windows-based storage subsystems, this indicates that the object is in a failed state. |
An array of values that denote the current operational status of the fileshare. 0 - 'Unknown': The operational status is unknown. 1 - 'Other': A vendor-specific OperationalStatus has been specified by setting the OtherOperationalStatusDescription property. 2 - 'OK': The disk is responding to commands and is in a normal operating state. 3 - 'Degraded': The disk is responding to commands, but is not running in an optimal operating state. 4 - 'Stressed': The disk is functioning, but needs attention. For example, the disk might be overloaded or overheated. 5 - 'Predictive Failure': The disk is functioning, but a failure is likely to occur in the near future. 6 - 'Error': An error has occurred. 7 - 'Non-Recoverable Error': A non-recoverable error has occurred. 8 - 'Starting': The disk is in the process of starting. 9 - 'Stopping': The disk is in the process of stopping. 10 - 'Stopped': The disk was stopped or shut down in a clean and orderly fashion. 11 - 'In Service': The disk is being configured, maintained, cleaned, or otherwise administered. 12 - 'No Contact': The storage provider has knowledge of the disk, but has never been able to establish communication with it. 13 - 'Lost Communication': The storage provider has knowledge of the disk and has contacted it successfully in the past, but the disk is currently unreachable. 14 - 'Aborted': Similar to Stopped, except that the disk stopped abruptly and may require configuration or maintenance. 15 - 'Dormant': The disk is reachable, but it is inactive. 16 - 'Supporting Entity in Error': This status value does not necessarily indicate trouble with the disk, but it does indicate that another device or connection that the disk depends on may need attention. 17 - 'Completed': The disk has completed an operation. This status value should be combined with OK, Error, or Degraded, depending on the outcome of the operation. 0xD010 - 'Online': In Windows-based storage subsystems, this indicates that the object is online. 0xD011 - 'Not Ready': In Windows-based storage subsystems, this indicates that the object is not ready. 0xD012 - 'No Media': In Windows-based storage subsystems, this indicates that the object has no media present. 0xD013 - 'Offline': In Windows-based storage subsystems, this indicates that the object is offline. 0xD014 - 'Failed': In Windows-based storage subsystems, this indicates that the object is in a failed state. |
2080 | This operation is not supported for local file servers. | This operation is not supported for local file servers. |
2081 | At least one account name needs to be specified | At least one account name needs to be specified |
2082 | You must specify an access right | You must specify an access right |
2083 | This method retrieved the Health Actions being perfomed on the File Share. | This method retrieved the Health Actions being perfomed on the File Share. |
2084 | Health Actions currently being performed on the File Share. | Health Actions currently being performed on the File Share. |
2085 | Unable to find the mount point of the volume. | Unable to find the mount point of the volume. |
2086 | The specified sharing protocol is not supported. | The specified sharing protocol is not supported. |
2087 | The file server still contains file shares. | The file server still contains file shares. |
2088 | The unique id of the storage tier associated with this extent. | The unique id of the storage tier associated with this extent. |
2089 | The unique id of the virtual disk associated with this extent. | The unique id of the virtual disk associated with this extent. |
2090 | The byte offset of this extent from the start of the virtual disk. | The byte offset of this extent from the start of the virtual disk. |
2091 | The column number associated with this extent. | The column number associated with this extent. |
2092 | The copy number associated with this extent. | The copy number associated with this extent. |
2093 | The copy number of the replacement for this extent. | The copy number of the replacement for this extent. |
2094 | The unique id of the physical disk associated with this extent. | The unique id of the physical disk associated with this extent. |
2095 | The byte offset of this extent from the start of the physical disk. | The byte offset of this extent from the start of the physical disk. |
2096 | The size of this extent in bytes. | The size of this extent in bytes. |
2097 | The flags associated with this extent. | The flags associated with this extent. |
2098 | The operational statuses associated with this extent. | The operational statuses associated with this extent. |
2099 | Active | Active |
2100 | Need Reallocation | Need Reallocation |
2101 | Need Regeneration | Need Regeneration |
2102 | Regenerating | Regenerating |
2103 | Not Allocated | Not Allocated |
2104 | Pending Deletion | Pending Deletion |
2105 | The operational details associated with this extent. | The operational details associated with this extent. |
2106 | Physical extent properties. | Physical extent properties. |
2107 | This field indicates the intended usage for this storage tier. | This field indicates the intended usage for this storage tier. |
2108 | Data | Data |
2109 | Read Cache | Read Cache |
2110 | Write Cache | Write Cache |
2111 | Dirty Region Tracking | Dirty Region Tracking |
2112 | The currently allocated size of the storage tier. If the storage tier's ProvisioningType is 2 - 'Fixed', this value should equal Size. If the ProvisioningType is 1 - 'Thin', this value is the amount of space actually allocated (i.e. some value less than Size). | The currently allocated size of the storage tier. If the storage tier's ProvisioningType is 2 - 'Fixed', this value should equal Size. If the ProvisioningType is 1 - 'Thin', this value is the amount of space actually allocated (i.e. some value less than Size). |
2113 | This field indicates the total storage pool capacity being consumed by this storage tier. For example: in the case of a 2-way mirrored storage tier of size 1 GB, the footprint on the pool will be approximately 2 GB. | This field indicates the total storage pool capacity being consumed by this storage tier. For example: in the case of a 2-way mirrored storage tier of size 1 GB, the footprint on the pool will be approximately 2 GB. |
2114 | Denotes the provisioning scheme of the storage tier. 1 - 'Thin' indicates that the storage tier's capacity is allocated on demand. 2 - 'Fixed' indicates that the storage tier's capacity is fully allocated upon creation. |
Denotes the provisioning scheme of the storage tier. 1 - 'Thin' indicates that the storage tier's capacity is allocated on demand. 2 - 'Fixed' indicates that the storage tier's capacity is fully allocated upon creation. |
2115 | Specifies the allocation unit size in bytes for this storage tier. | Specifies the allocation unit size in bytes for this storage tier. |
2116 | Classification of this storage tier in the virtual disk | Classification of this storage tier in the virtual disk |
2117 | Capacity | Capacity |
2118 | Performance | Performance |
2119 | Determines the current allocation behavior for this storage tier. Fault domain aware storage tiers will intelligently pick the physical disks to use for their redundancy to balance the fault tolerance between two (or more) fault domain units of the specified type. | Determines the current allocation behavior for this storage tier. Fault domain aware storage tiers will intelligently pick the physical disks to use for their redundancy to balance the fault tolerance between two (or more) fault domain units of the specified type. |
2120 | Determines the fault domain type by which each column in this storage tier is isolated. | Determines the fault domain type by which each column in this storage tier is isolated. |
2121 | The name of the resiliency setting used to create this storage tier. | The name of the resiliency setting used to create this storage tier. |
2122 | This field indicates the number of light parities to form for parity-based resiliency settings. If the resiliency setting is not parity-based, this field will be set to 1. | This field indicates the number of light parities to form for parity-based resiliency settings. If the resiliency setting is not parity-based, this field will be set to 1. |
2123 | This field indicates the number of underlying physical disks across which data for this storage tier is striped. | This field indicates the number of underlying physical disks across which data for this storage tier is striped. |
2124 | This field indicates what type of parity layout is being used for parity resiliency settings. This field should be NULL if the storage tier does not use a parity resiliency setting. | This field indicates what type of parity layout is being used for parity resiliency settings. This field should be NULL if the storage tier does not use a parity resiliency setting. |
2125 | This method returns the physical extents spanned by the storage tier. | This method returns the physical extents spanned by the storage tier. |
2126 | Physical extents spanned by the storage tier. | Physical extents spanned by the storage tier. |
2127 | The value for NumberOfGroups is outside of the supported range of values. | The value for NumberOfGroups is outside of the supported range of values. |
2128 | The specified ProvisioningType is not supported. | The specified ProvisioningType is not supported. |
2129 | The specified FaultDomainAwareness, ColumnIsolation, or both are not valid. | The specified FaultDomainAwareness, ColumnIsolation, or both are not valid. |
2130 | File not found. | File not found. |
2131 | The requested file(s) is(are) not pinned to a tier. | The requested file(s) is(are) not pinned to a tier. |
2132 | Progress Update | Progress Update |
2133 | A unique identifier for the health action instance. | A unique identifier for the health action instance. |
2134 | A string that uniquely identifies the type of health action. | A string that uniquely identifies the type of health action. |
2135 | The short summary description of the health action. | The short summary description of the health action. |
2136 | Storage health action event | Storage health action event |
2137 | A user-friendly string representing the name of the fault domain object. | A user-friendly string representing the name of the fault domain object. |
2138 | A user settable description of the fault domain object. | A user settable description of the fault domain object. |
2139 | This field represents the name of the company responsible for the hardware backing the fault domain oject. For physical disk it must match the disk's SCSI inquiry data. | This field represents the name of the company responsible for the hardware backing the fault domain oject. For physical disk it must match the disk's SCSI inquiry data. |
2140 | This field represents the model number of the hardware. For physical disk it must match the disk's SCSI inquiry data. | This field represents the model number of the hardware. For physical disk it must match the disk's SCSI inquiry data. |
2141 | This field represents the serial number of the hardware. For physical disk it must match the disk's SCSI inquiry data. | This field represents the serial number of the hardware. For physical disk it must match the disk's SCSI inquiry data. |
2142 | Removing From Pool | Removing From Pool |
2143 | In Maintenance Mode | In Maintenance Mode |
2144 | Updating Firmware | Updating Firmware |
2145 | Device Hardware Error | Device Hardware Error |
2146 | Not Usable | Not Usable |
2147 | Transient Error | Transient Error |
2148 | Starting Maintenance Mode | Starting Maintenance Mode |
2149 | Stopping Maintenance Mode | Stopping Maintenance Mode |
2150 | This field contains details on the operation of the fault domain object. | This field contains details on the operation of the fault domain object. |
2151 | This field indicates the size in bytes of the user data footprint from virtual disks on this physical disk. | This field indicates the size in bytes of the user data footprint from virtual disks on this physical disk. |
2152 | Partial SCM | Partial SCM |
2153 | Verification in progress | Verification in progress |
2154 | Verification failed | Verification failed |
2155 | Firmware not compliant | Firmware not compliant |
2156 | Hardware not compliant | Hardware not compliant |
2157 | This method returns the physical extents on the physical disk. | This method returns the physical extents on the physical disk. |
2158 | Currently unsafe to perform the operation | Currently unsafe to perform the operation |
2159 | Physical extents on the physical disk. | Physical extents on the physical disk. |
2160 | If set to TRUE, this instructs the physical disk to enable maintenance mode. | If set to TRUE, this instructs the physical disk to enable maintenance mode. |
2161 | This indicates the time in seconds before stale data will be moved off of this physical disk. | This indicates the time in seconds before stale data will be moved off of this physical disk. |
2162 | Ignore any detached virtual disks with allocations on this physical disk. | Ignore any detached virtual disks with allocations on this physical disk. |
2163 | This method returns the firmware information for a physical disk. | This method returns the firmware information for a physical disk. |
2164 | Indicates whether this physical disk supports firmware update operation used by Windows | Indicates whether this physical disk supports firmware update operation used by Windows |
2165 | Indicates how many firmware slots this physical disk supports | Indicates how many firmware slots this physical disk supports |
2166 | Indicates the current active firmware slot number of this physical disk | Indicates the current active firmware slot number of this physical disk |
2167 | Indicates the number associated with the firmware slot | Indicates the number associated with the firmware slot |
2168 | Indicates whether the firmware slot can be used to download new firmware image to | Indicates whether the firmware slot can be used to download new firmware image to |
2169 | Indicates the firmware revision represented by firmware in slot | Indicates the firmware revision represented by firmware in slot |
2170 | This method updates firmware to the physical disk. | This method updates firmware to the physical disk. |
2171 | The path and name of firmware image file. | The path and name of firmware image file. |
2172 | The firmware slot number to download the firmware image to. | The firmware slot number to download the firmware image to. |
2173 | Configuration | Configuration |
2174 | Suboptimal | Suboptimal |
2175 | Indicates whether or not there are tiers associated with this virtual disk. | Indicates whether or not there are tiers associated with this virtual disk. |
2176 | Specifies the allocation unit size in bytes for this virtual disk. | Specifies the allocation unit size in bytes for this virtual disk. |
2177 | Specifies the media type of the physical disks to which allocations for this virtual disk are scoped to. | Specifies the media type of the physical disks to which allocations for this virtual disk are scoped to. |
2178 | Determines the fault domain type by which each column in this virtual disk is isolated. | Determines the fault domain type by which each column in this virtual disk is isolated. |
2179 | Size of the read cache for the virtual disk | Size of the read cache for the virtual disk |
2180 | This method returns the physical extents spanned by the virtual disk. | This method returns the physical extents spanned by the virtual disk. |
2181 | Physical extents spanned by the virtual disk. | Physical extents spanned by the virtual disk. |
2182 | The virtual disk repair operation encountered failures. | The virtual disk repair operation encountered failures. |
2183 | This method allows the user to update or set various properties on the virtual disk. Note that not all parameters must be specified, and only those given will be updated. | This method allows the user to update or set various properties on the virtual disk. Note that not all parameters must be specified, and only those given will be updated. |
2184 | The value for AllocationUnitSize must be a multiple of 256 MB. | The value for AllocationUnitSize must be a multiple of 256 MB. |
2185 | Could not attach the virtual disk because too many physical disks have failed or gone missing. | Could not attach the virtual disk because too many physical disks have failed or gone missing. |
2186 | This method adds one or more physical disks for manual allocation. | This method adds one or more physical disks for manual allocation. |
2187 | One or more physical disks are not supported by this operation. | One or more physical disks are not supported by this operation. |
2188 | One or more physical disks are already in use. | One or more physical disks are already in use. |
2189 | One or more physical disks use a sector size that is not supported by this storage pool. | One or more physical disks use a sector size that is not supported by this storage pool. |
2190 | This method removes one or more physical disks from manual allocation. | This method removes one or more physical disks from manual allocation. |
2191 | One or more physical disks could not be removed because they are still in use. | One or more physical disks could not be removed because they are still in use. |
2192 | Association between replicated partitions | Association between replicated partitions |
2193 | An array of supported features of partition objects for replication. | An array of supported features of partition objects for replication. |
2194 | Supports GUID Partition Table | Supports GUID Partition Table |
2195 | Supports MBR Partition | Supports MBR Partition |
2196 | Supports NTFS File System | Supports NTFS File System |
2197 | Supports ReFS File System | Supports ReFS File System |
2198 | Supports Cluster Shared Volume | Supports Cluster Shared Volume |
2199 | Minimum log size in bytes supported for replication. | Minimum log size in bytes supported for replication. |
2200 | Maximum log size in bytes supported for replication. | Maximum log size in bytes supported for replication. |
2201 | Association between ReplicationGroup and Partition | Association between ReplicationGroup and Partition |
2202 | This field describes the minimum number of light parities that can be formed for parity-based resiliency settings. If the resiliency setting is not parity-based, this field will be set to 1. | This field describes the minimum number of light parities that can be formed for parity-based resiliency settings. If the resiliency setting is not parity-based, this field will be set to 1. |
2203 | This field describes the maximum number of light parities that can be formed for parity-based resiliency settings. If the resiliency setting is not parity-based, this field will be set to 1. | This field describes the maximum number of light parities that can be formed for parity-based resiliency settings. If the resiliency setting is not parity-based, this field will be set to 1. |
2204 | This field describes the desired number of light parities that will be formed for parity-based resiliency settings. If the resiliency setting is not parity-based, this field will be set to 1. | This field describes the desired number of light parities that will be formed for parity-based resiliency settings. If the resiliency setting is not parity-based, this field will be set to 1. |
2205 | Specifies the desired number of light parities to form in a parity-based resiliency setting. This value must be between NumberOfGroupsMin and NumberOfGroupsMax. | Specifies the desired number of light parities to form in a parity-based resiliency setting. This value must be between NumberOfGroupsMin and NumberOfGroupsMax. |
2206 | This method allows a user to perform certain maintenance tasks on the physical disks in the storage enclosure. | This method allows a user to perform certain maintenance tasks on the physical disks in the storage enclosure. |
2207 | If set to TRUE, this instructs the physical disks in the storage enclosure to enable maintenance mode. | If set to TRUE, this instructs the physical disks in the storage enclosure to enable maintenance mode. |
2208 | This indicates the time in seconds before stale data will be moved off the physical disks in this storage enclosure | This indicates the time in seconds before stale data will be moved off the physical disks in this storage enclosure |
2209 | The model of the physical disks to put into maintenance mode. | The model of the physical disks to put into maintenance mode. |
2210 | The manufacturer of the physical disks to be put into maintenance mode. | The manufacturer of the physical disks to be put into maintenance mode. |
2211 | Ignore any detached virtual disks. | Ignore any detached virtual disks. |
2212 | Name of the storage health setting | Name of the storage health setting |
2213 | Value of the storage health setting. | Value of the storage health setting. |
2214 | This class represents the Name - Value pairs for storage health settings related to the subsystem. | This class represents the Name - Value pairs for storage health settings related to the subsystem. |
2215 | BytesPerSecond | BytesPerSecond |
2216 | CountPerSecond | CountPerSecond |
2217 | Seconds | Seconds |
2218 | Dimensionless | Dimensionless |
2219 | The Report instance object UniqueId. | The Report instance object UniqueId. |
2220 | Report Records | Report Records |
2221 | Storage Health report generated for the current state of the MSFT_Volume. | Storage Health report generated for the current state of the MSFT_Volume. |
2222 | Gets the settings for the current storage health. | Gets the settings for the current storage health. |
2223 | The name specified is invalid. | The name specified is invalid. |
2224 | Name of the setting in storage health that wants to be retrieved. If omitted, all the settings are retrieved. | Name of the setting in storage health that wants to be retrieved. If omitted, all the settings are retrieved. |
2225 | List of storage health settings. | List of storage health settings. |
2226 | Set a setting to the current storage health. If the setting doesn't exist, it creates it. | Set a setting to the current storage health. If the setting doesn't exist, it creates it. |
2227 | You must specify a name. | You must specify a name. |
2228 | You must specify a value. | You must specify a value. |
2229 | The value specified is invalid. | The value specified is invalid. |
2230 | Name of the storage health setting being set. | Name of the storage health setting being set. |
2231 | Value of the storage health setting being set. | Value of the storage health setting being set. |
2232 | Removes a setting from the current storage health. | Removes a setting from the current storage health. |
2233 | Name of the storage health setting to be removed. | Name of the storage health setting to be removed. |
2234 | Get Health Report for the Target Storage Object. | Get Health Report for the Target Storage Object. |
2235 | The Storage Object is not supported for report. | The Storage Object is not supported for report. |
2236 | Storage Object on which the health report will be collected. | Storage Object on which the health report will be collected. |
2237 | Number of reports to be collected before the the api returns. | Number of reports to be collected before the the api returns. |
2238 | Instances containing the health reports on the specified target object. | Instances containing the health reports on the specified target object. |
2239 | Set the storage fault domain object maintenance mode. | Set the storage fault domain object maintenance mode. |
2240 | Storage Fault domain on which the maintenance mode will be enabled/disabled. | Storage Fault domain on which the maintenance mode will be enabled/disabled. |
2241 | If set to TRUE, this instructs the fault domain to enable maintenance mode. | If set to TRUE, this instructs the fault domain to enable maintenance mode. |
2242 | This indicates the time before stale data will be moved off of this fault domain object. | This indicates the time before stale data will be moved off of this fault domain object. |
2243 | The model of the physical disks in the storage fault domain to put into maintenance mode. | The model of the physical disks in the storage fault domain to put into maintenance mode. |
2244 | The manufacturer of the physical disks in the storage fault domain to be put into maintenance mode. | The manufacturer of the physical disks in the storage fault domain to be put into maintenance mode. |
2245 | Flags for validations that may be supported. Combinations of these may also be supported. | Flags for validations that may be supported. Combinations of these may also be supported. |
2246 | VirtualDisksHealthy | VirtualDisksHealthy |
2247 | Represent the Storage Health in the Subsystem. | Represent the Storage Health in the Subsystem. |
2248 | This field is a string representation of the node's firmware version. | This field is a string representation of the node's firmware version. |
2249 | Removing from pool | Removing from pool |
2250 | Updating firmware | Updating firmware |
2251 | Indicates whether the physical disk is physically connected to this storage node. | Indicates whether the physical disk is physically connected to this storage node. |
2252 | The device number for the enclosure on this storage node. | The device number for the enclosure on this storage node. |
2253 | Indicates whether the storage enclosure is physically connected to this storage node. | Indicates whether the storage enclosure is physically connected to this storage node. |
2254 | Indicates the default media type to use when creating new virtual disks on this storage pool. | Indicates the default media type to use when creating new virtual disks on this storage pool. |
2255 | You must specify the enclosure awareness (either the IsEnclosureAware or EnclosureAwareDefault parameter) or the fault domain awareness (either the FaultDomainAwareness or FaultDomainAwarenessDefault parameter), but not both. | You must specify the enclosure awareness (either the IsEnclosureAware or EnclosureAwareDefault parameter) or the fault domain awareness (either the FaultDomainAwareness or FaultDomainAwarenessDefault parameter), but not both. |
2256 | The provider does not support a value for fault domain awareness other than physical disk or storage enclosure. | The provider does not support a value for fault domain awareness other than physical disk or storage enclosure. |
2257 | This combination of parameters is unsupported. | This combination of parameters is unsupported. |
2258 | This storage pool does not support the creation of tiered virtual disks with custom allocation unit sizes. | This storage pool does not support the creation of tiered virtual disks with custom allocation unit sizes. |
2259 | The value for ReadCacheSize is outside of the supported range of values. | The value for ReadCacheSize is outside of the supported range of values. |
2260 | Specifies the allocation unit size to use when creating the virtual disk. | Specifies the allocation unit size to use when creating the virtual disk. |
2261 | Specifies the media type to use when creating the virtual disk. | Specifies the media type to use when creating the virtual disk. |
2262 | Specifies the number of light parities to form for parity-based resiliency settings. This value must be between NumberOfGroupsMin and NumberOfGroupsMax for the resiliency setting specified by ResiliencySettingName. | Specifies the number of light parities to form for parity-based resiliency settings. This value must be between NumberOfGroupsMin and NumberOfGroupsMax for the resiliency setting specified by ResiliencySettingName. |
2263 | Determines the allocation behavior for this virtual disk. Fault domain aware virtual disks will intelligently pick the physical disks to use for their redundancy to balance the fault tolerance between two (or more) fault domain units of the specified type. | Determines the allocation behavior for this virtual disk. Fault domain aware virtual disks will intelligently pick the physical disks to use for their redundancy to balance the fault tolerance between two (or more) fault domain units of the specified type. |
2264 | Determines the fault domain type by which each column in this virtual disk should be isolated. | Determines the fault domain type by which each column in this virtual disk should be isolated. |
2265 | Size of the read cache on the virtual disk | Size of the read cache on the virtual disk |
2266 | The provider does not support the allocation unit size parameter. | The provider does not support the allocation unit size parameter. |
2267 | Read cache is only supported by the ReFS filesystem. | Read cache is only supported by the ReFS filesystem. |
2268 | You must specify the FileSystem parameter. | You must specify the FileSystem parameter. |
2269 | Indicates the size of the read cache on the virtual disk. | Indicates the size of the read cache on the virtual disk. |
2270 | Determines the allocation behavior for this storage tier. Fault domain aware storage tiers will intelligently pick the physical disks to use for their redundancy to balance the fault tolerance between two (or more) fault domain units of the specified type. | Determines the allocation behavior for this storage tier. Fault domain aware storage tiers will intelligently pick the physical disks to use for their redundancy to balance the fault tolerance between two (or more) fault domain units of the specified type. |
2271 | Determines the fault domain type by which each column in this storage tier should be isolated. | Determines the fault domain type by which each column in this storage tier should be isolated. |
2272 | Specifies the name of the resiliency setting that should be used for storage tier creation. | Specifies the name of the resiliency setting that should be used for storage tier creation. |
2273 | Specifies the number of bytes that should be used for a strip in the common striping-based resiliency settings. The strip is defined as the size of the portion of a stripe that lies on one physical disk. Thus Interleave * NumberOfColumns will yield the size of one stripe of user data. | Specifies the number of bytes that should be used for a strip in the common striping-based resiliency settings. The strip is defined as the size of the portion of a stripe that lies on one physical disk. Thus Interleave * NumberOfColumns will yield the size of one stripe of user data. |
2274 | Specifies the number of complete data copies to maintain for this storage tier. If specified, this value will override the NumberOfDataCopiesDefault value that would have been inherited from the resiliency setting specified by ResiliencySettingName. | Specifies the number of complete data copies to maintain for this storage tier. If specified, this value will override the NumberOfDataCopiesDefault value that would have been inherited from the resiliency setting specified by ResiliencySettingName. |
2275 | Specifies how many physical disk failures the storage tier should be able to withstand before data loss occurs. | Specifies how many physical disk failures the storage tier should be able to withstand before data loss occurs. |
2276 | This method upgrades the version of the storage pool. | This method upgrades the version of the storage pool. |
2277 | This method rebalances the data in the storage pool. | This method rebalances the data in the storage pool. |
2278 | This method adds one or more physical disks from the primordial storage pool to an existing concrete storage pool. | This method adds one or more physical disks from the primordial storage pool to an existing concrete storage pool. |
2279 | One or more storage devices are unresponsive. | One or more storage devices are unresponsive. |
2280 | The provider does not support the fault domain awareness parameter. | The provider does not support the fault domain awareness parameter. |
2281 | Specifies the fault domain awareness that should be used when determining the supported sizes. Note that the sizes returned may be different depending on the fault domain awareness. | Specifies the fault domain awareness that should be used when determining the supported sizes. Note that the sizes returned may be different depending on the fault domain awareness. |
2282 | This parameter indicates the default media type to use when creating a new virtual disk on this storage pool. | This parameter indicates the default media type to use when creating a new virtual disk on this storage pool. |
2283 | This parameter indicates the default allocation policy for virtual disks created in a fault domain aware storage pool. For example, an enclosure aware subsystem could balance each data copy of the virtual disk across multiple storage enclosures such that each enclosure contains a full data copy of the virtual disk. | This parameter indicates the default allocation policy for virtual disks created in a fault domain aware storage pool. For example, an enclosure aware subsystem could balance each data copy of the virtual disk across multiple storage enclosures such that each enclosure contains a full data copy of the virtual disk. |
2284 | Determines the default allocation behavior for storage pools created in this subsystem. If the subsystem does not support storage pool creation, then it determines the default allocation behavior for virtual disks created in this subsystem. | Determines the default allocation behavior for storage pools created in this subsystem. If the subsystem does not support storage pool creation, then it determines the default allocation behavior for virtual disks created in this subsystem. |
2285 | File systems supported on this subsystem. | File systems supported on this subsystem. |
2286 | The storage transport on this subsystem. | The storage transport on this subsystem. |
2287 | Shared Storage | Shared Storage |
2288 | Local Storage | Local Storage |
2289 | Denotes the object types supported for Deduplication in this subsystem. | Denotes the object types supported for Deduplication in this subsystem. |
2290 | StoragePool | StoragePool |
2291 | Denotes the file system types supported for Deduplication in this subsystem. | Denotes the file system types supported for Deduplication in this subsystem. |
2292 | This parameter indicates the media type to be used by default when creating a new virtual disk on this storage pool. If no default is specified, the default is inherited from the primordial pool. | This parameter indicates the media type to be used by default when creating a new virtual disk on this storage pool. If no default is specified, the default is inherited from the primordial pool. |
2293 | This method allows a user to update or set various defaults on the storage subsystem. Note that not all parameters must be specified, and only those given will be updated. | This method allows a user to update or set various defaults on the storage subsystem. Note that not all parameters must be specified, and only those given will be updated. |
2294 | This parameter indicates whether objects in this subsystem are automatically clustered. | This parameter indicates whether objects in this subsystem are automatically clustered. |
2295 | This parameter indicates the default allocation policy for storage pools created in this subsystem. If the subsystem does not support storage pool creation, then it determines the default allocation behavior for virtual disks created in this subsystem. | This parameter indicates the default allocation policy for storage pools created in this subsystem. If the subsystem does not support storage pool creation, then it determines the default allocation behavior for virtual disks created in this subsystem. |
2296 | This is not a supported replication scenario. | This is not a supported replication scenario. |
2297 | Not enough storage objects were specified to successfully complete the operation. | Not enough storage objects were specified to successfully complete the operation. |
2298 | Required field of replication group name is missing from input. | Required field of replication group name is missing from input. |
2299 | Required field of replication settings is missing from input. | Required field of replication settings is missing from input. |
2300 | Required field of log device is missing from input. | Required field of log device is missing from input. |
2301 | One of specified volumes is not eligible to be a log volume. | One of specified volumes is not eligible to be a log volume. |
2302 | Log size from input is not a valid log size. | Log size from input is not a valid log size. |
2303 | Replication quorum is not allowed to be set to this value. | Replication quorum is not allowed to be set to this value. |
2304 | Sync mode is not allowed to be set to this value. | Sync mode is not allowed to be set to this value. |
2305 | Fail to create replication group. | Fail to create replication group. |
2306 | There is not storage element specified in input. | There is not storage element specified in input. |
2307 | Partition access path is not available for replication group. | Partition access path is not available for replication group. |
2308 | Unable to retrieve replication group id right now. | Unable to retrieve replication group id right now. |
2309 | You must specify a host name for this file server. | You must specify a host name for this file server. |
2310 | You must specify a sharing protocol for this file server. | You must specify a sharing protocol for this file server. |
2311 | The Scale-Out File Server cluster role is not installed. | The Scale-Out File Server cluster role is not installed. |
2312 | The host name is already in use. | The host name is already in use. |
2313 | The host name is invalid. | The host name is invalid. |
2314 | Relative paths are not supported. | Relative paths are not supported. |
2315 | Unable to create the destination path. | Unable to create the destination path. |
2316 | Unable to capture a live dump of the storage subsystem. | Unable to capture a live dump of the storage subsystem. |
2317 | Unable to gather the operational log of the storage subsystem. | Unable to gather the operational log of the storage subsystem. |
2318 | One or more files failed to copy. | One or more files failed to copy. |
2319 | Clears any diagnostic information being stored by the storage subsystem. This does not clear or reset any logs; it only frees any temporary files used by the GetDiagnosticInfo command | Clears any diagnostic information being stored by the storage subsystem. This does not clear or reset any logs; it only frees any temporary files used by the GetDiagnosticInfo command |
2320 | The diagnostic log has already been started for this storage subsystem. | The diagnostic log has already been started for this storage subsystem. |
2321 | Exceeded the number of trace sessions that can enable the provider. | Exceeded the number of trace sessions that can enable the provider. |
2322 | No diagnostic logs were enabled for this storage subsystem. | No diagnostic logs were enabled for this storage subsystem. |
2323 | This method retrieved the Health Actions being perfomed on the Storage Subsystem. | This method retrieved the Health Actions being perfomed on the Storage Subsystem. |
2324 | This method allows a user to perform certain maintenance tasks on the physical disks in this storage scale unit. | This method allows a user to perform certain maintenance tasks on the physical disks in this storage scale unit. |
2325 | If set to TRUE, this instructs the physical disks in this storage scale unit to enable maintenance mode. | If set to TRUE, this instructs the physical disks in this storage scale unit to enable maintenance mode. |
2326 | This indicates the time in seconds before stale data will be moved off of the physical disks in this storage scale unit. | This indicates the time in seconds before stale data will be moved off of the physical disks in this storage scale unit. |
2327 | Represents a storage site in a stretch cluster. | Represents a storage site in a stretch cluster. |
2328 | Association between StorageSubSystem and StorageHealth | Association between StorageSubSystem and StorageHealth |
2329 | CreateVolume | CreateVolume |
2330 | GetStorageReliabilityCounter | GetStorageReliabilityCounter |
2331 | This field denotes the specific error code used for 'Relative paths not supported'. | This field denotes the specific error code used for 'Relative paths not supported'. |
2332 | This field is the message displayed to the user. | This field is the message displayed to the user. |
10000 | Default share | Default share |
0x1 | There was an error while using the storage provider \"%1\" with ID \"%2\". ErrorCode=%3!08lX! | There was an error while using the storage provider \"%1\" with ID \"%2\". ErrorCode=%3!08lX! |
0x2 | There are no drive letters available.%0 | There are no drive letters available.%0 |
0x3 | The operation failed with return code %1!u! %0 | The operation failed with return code %1!u! %0 |
0x4 | Discovering provider objects%0 | Discovering provider objects%0 |
0x5 | The requested name could not be applied to the newly created object.%0 | The requested name could not be applied to the newly created object.%0 |
0x6 | %1%0 | %1%0 |
0x7 | Gathering storage subsystem diagnostic information%0 | Gathering storage subsystem diagnostic information%0 |
0x8 | Capturing diagnostic information. This may take time depending on the information being gathered.%0 | Capturing diagnostic information. This may take time depending on the information being gathered.%0 |
0x9 | Copying diagnostic file %1%0 | Copying diagnostic file %1%0 |
0xA | The operation succeeded with warnings.%0 | The operation succeeded with warnings.%0 |
0xB | One or more specified parameters are not supported by the target provider in the current version of the subsystem.%n%nUnsupported Parameters:%n%1%0 | One or more specified parameters are not supported by the target provider in the current version of the subsystem.%n%nUnsupported Parameters:%n%1%0 |
0x101 | Windows can't check the disk while it's in use.Do you want to check for hard disk errors the next time you start your computer? | Windows can't check the disk while it's in use.Do you want to check for hard disk errors the next time you start your computer? |
0x102 | Windows can't check the volume while it's in use.Do you want to dismount this volume first? Note: All opened handles to this volume will become invalid. | Windows can't check the volume while it's in use.Do you want to dismount this volume first? Note: All opened handles to this volume will become invalid. |
0x103 | Scanning%0 | Scanning%0 |
0x104 | Repairing%0 | Repairing%0 |
0x105 | You do not have sufficient rights to check this drive. | You do not have sufficient rights to check this drive. |
0x106 | The disk is write protected. | The disk is write protected. |
0x107 | %1 | %1 |
0x108 | Volume compression was not enabled because it is not supported for the specified file system. | Volume compression was not enabled because it is not supported for the specified file system. |
0x109 | Modifying short file name support is not supported for the specified file system. | Modifying short file name support is not supported for the specified file system. |
0x10A | The specified file system is not supported on the drive. | The specified file system is not supported on the drive. |
0x10B | Windows cannot format this volume. Close any disk utilities or other programs that are using this volume, and make sure that no window is displaying the contents of the volume. Then try formatting again. | Windows cannot format this volume. Close any disk utilities or other programs that are using this volume, and make sure that no window is displaying the contents of the volume. Then try formatting again. |
0x10C | This disk cannot be quick formatted. | This disk cannot be quick formatted. |
0x10D | The volume label is not valid. | The volume label is not valid. |
0x10E | The specified cluster size is too small. | The specified cluster size is too small. |
0x10F | The specified cluster size is too large. | The specified cluster size is too large. |
0x110 | The specified volume is too small. | The specified volume is too small. |
0x111 | The specified volume is too large. | The specified volume is too large. |
0x112 | The number of clusters exceeds 32 bits. | The number of clusters exceeds 32 bits. |
0x113 | The specified UDF version is not supported. | The specified UDF version is not supported. |
0x114 | The format might take a long time. You should not shut down the computer until the format is complete. | The format might take a long time. You should not shut down the computer until the format is complete. |
0x115 | A hardware error occurred while formatting this disc. You cantry again with a different disc, but if this problem persists,using the Live File System on this drive is not recommended.The Mastered option should be used instead. | A hardware error occurred while formatting this disc. You cantry again with a different disc, but if this problem persists,using the Live File System on this drive is not recommended.The Mastered option should be used instead. |
0x116 | Warning, all data on the volume will be lost! | Warning, all data on the volume will be lost! |
0x117 | Access Denied due to insufficient privileges.This utility must be run in elevated mode. | Access Denied due to insufficient privileges.This utility must be run in elevated mode. |
0x118 | Windows could not open the volume for direct access. | Windows could not open the volume for direct access. |
0x119 | Windows could not determine the file system of volume %1. | Windows could not determine the file system of volume %1. |
0x11A | Formatting%0 | Formatting%0 |
0x11B | Volume integrity was not enabled because it is not supported for the specified file system. | Volume integrity was not enabled because it is not supported for the specified file system. |
0x11C | Creating new volume%0 | Creating new volume%0 |
0x11D | Resizing volume%0 | Resizing volume%0 |
0x11E | Optimizing volume%0 | Optimizing volume%0 |
0x11F | Repairing volume%0 | Repairing volume%0 |
0x120 | Formatting volume%0 | Formatting volume%0 |
0x201 | The changes you have requested are not supported on partition %1!u! on disk %2!u! | The changes you have requested are not supported on partition %1!u! on disk %2!u! |
0x202 | This will erase all data on disk %1!u! partition %2!u!. | This will erase all data on disk %1!u! partition %2!u!. |
0x203 | This will resize disk %1!u! partition %2!u!. | This will resize disk %1!u! partition %2!u!. |
0x204 | This will modify disk %1!u! partition %2!u! which could result in a disruption of services. | This will modify disk %1!u! partition %2!u! which could result in a disruption of services. |
0x205 | This will remove the access path \"%3\" from disk %1!u! partition %2!u!. | This will remove the access path \"%3\" from disk %1!u! partition %2!u!. |
0x301 | This will erase all data on disk %1!u! \"%2\". | This will erase all data on disk %1!u! \"%2\". |
0x302 | This will modify disk %1!u! \"%2\". | This will modify disk %1!u! \"%2\". |
0x303 | Clearing disk%0 | Clearing disk%0 |
0x304 | Enabling High Availability on disk%0 | Enabling High Availability on disk%0 |
0x305 | Disabling High Availability on disk%0 | Disabling High Availability on disk%0 |
0x501 | This will remove the StoragePool \"%1\". | This will remove the StoragePool \"%1\". |
0x502 | Removing a physical disk will cause problems with the fault tolerance capabilities of the following storage pool: \"%1\". | Removing a physical disk will cause problems with the fault tolerance capabilities of the following storage pool: \"%1\". |
0x503 | An operation was attempted on the primordial storage poolwhich was not supported. This operation might have succeeded for otherobjects in the pipeline. | An operation was attempted on the primordial storage poolwhich was not supported. This operation might have succeeded for otherobjects in the pipeline. |
0x504 | Creating new storage pool%0 | Creating new storage pool%0 |
0x505 | Deleting storage pool%0 | Deleting storage pool%0 |
0x506 | This will upgrade the StoragePool \"%1\" to the latest version. This is an irreversible action. | This will upgrade the StoragePool \"%1\" to the latest version. This is an irreversible action. |
0x507 | Optimizing storage pool%0 | Optimizing storage pool%0 |
0x601 | This will remove the VirtualDisk \"%1\" and will erase all of the datathat it contains. | This will remove the VirtualDisk \"%1\" and will erase all of the datathat it contains. |
0x602 | Creating new virtual disk%0 | Creating new virtual disk%0 |
0x603 | Deleting virtual disk%0 | Deleting virtual disk%0 |
0x604 | Showing virtual disk to host system%0 | Showing virtual disk to host system%0 |
0x605 | Hiding virtual disk from host system%0 | Hiding virtual disk from host system%0 |
0x606 | Creating a virtual disk snapshot%0 | Creating a virtual disk snapshot%0 |
0x607 | Creating a virtual disk clone%0 | Creating a virtual disk clone%0 |
0x608 | Resizing virtual disk%0 | Resizing virtual disk%0 |
0x609 | Repairing virtual disk%0 | Repairing virtual disk%0 |
0x701 | Adding physical disks%0 | Adding physical disks%0 |
0x702 | Removing physical disks%0 | Removing physical disks%0 |
0x801 | This will remove the InitiatorID with address \"%1\". | This will remove the InitiatorID with address \"%1\". |
0x901 | This will remove the MaskingSet \"%1\". | This will remove the MaskingSet \"%1\". |
0x902 | Creating new masking set%0 | Creating new masking set%0 |
0x903 | A unique version of the requested masking set already exists%0 | A unique version of the requested masking set already exists%0 |
0x904 | Deleting masking set%0 | Deleting masking set%0 |
0x905 | Adding initiator Id%0 | Adding initiator Id%0 |
0x906 | Adding target port%0 | Adding target port%0 |
0x907 | Removing initiator Id%0 | Removing initiator Id%0 |
0x908 | Removing target port%0 | Removing target port%0 |
0x909 | Adding virtual disk%0 | Adding virtual disk%0 |
0x910 | Removing virtual disk%0 | Removing virtual disk%0 |
0x1001 | Resizing storage tier%0 | Resizing storage tier%0 |
0x1002 | Creating new storage tier%0 | Creating new storage tier%0 |
0x1003 | Deleting storage tier%0 | Deleting storage tier%0 |
0x1004 | This will remove the StorageTier \"%1\". | This will remove the StorageTier \"%1\". |
0x1101 | Creating new file server%0 | Creating new file server%0 |
0x1201 | Creating new file share%0 | Creating new file share%0 |
0x1301 | Creating new replication group%0 | Creating new replication group%0 |
0x1302 | Creating new replication group relationship%0 | Creating new replication group relationship%0 |
0x00008001 | Thin provisioning is not supported on clustered subsystems.%0 | Thin provisioning is not supported on clustered subsystems.%0 |
0x00008002 | A size must be specified for every storage tier specified.%0 | A size must be specified for every storage tier specified.%0 |
0x00008003 | Thin provisioning is not supported with storage tiers.%0 | Thin provisioning is not supported with storage tiers.%0 |
0x00008004 | Enclosure aware allocation requires physical disks to be in storage enclosures which support the SES protocol.%0 | Enclosure aware allocation requires physical disks to be in storage enclosures which support the SES protocol.%0 |
0x00008005 | Check if the storage enclosures support the SES protocol.%0 | Check if the storage enclosures support the SES protocol.%0 |
0x00008006 | Check if the FaultDomainAwareness parameter is set to PhysicalDisk.%0 | Check if the FaultDomainAwareness parameter is set to PhysicalDisk.%0 |
0x00008007 | Check if the FaultDomainAwarenessDefault property of the storage pool is set to PhysicalDisk.%0 | Check if the FaultDomainAwarenessDefault property of the storage pool is set to PhysicalDisk.%0 |
0x00008008 | The storage pool does not have sufficient eligible resources for the creation of the specified virtual disk.%0 | The storage pool does not have sufficient eligible resources for the creation of the specified virtual disk.%0 |
0x00008009 | Choose a value for NumberOfColumns that is less than or equal to the number of physical disks in the storage fault domain selected for the virtual disk.%0 | Choose a value for NumberOfColumns that is less than or equal to the number of physical disks in the storage fault domain selected for the virtual disk.%0 |
0x00008010 | Add more physical disks to the storage pool.%0 | Add more physical disks to the storage pool.%0 |
0x00008011 | The CSVFS_NTFS and CSVFS_ReFS file systems can only be used on cluster subsystems.%0 | The CSVFS_NTFS and CSVFS_ReFS file systems can only be used on cluster subsystems.%0 |
0x00008012 | Clustered storage pools must maintain a minimum of 3 physical disks.%0 | Clustered storage pools must maintain a minimum of 3 physical disks.%0 |
0x00008013 | Storage Spaces pools only support a usage of \"Other\".%0 | Storage Spaces pools only support a usage of \"Other\".%0 |
0x00008014 | One or more physical disks are not in the specified storage subsystem.%n %nPhysical Disks:%n%1%0 | One or more physical disks are not in the specified storage subsystem.%n %nPhysical Disks:%n%1%0 |
0x00008015 | Other usage information can be set using the \"OtherUsageDescription\" parameter.%0 | Other usage information can be set using the \"OtherUsageDescription\" parameter.%0 |
0x00008016 | One or more physical disks encountered an error while creating the storage pool.%n %nPhysical Disks:%n%1%0 | One or more physical disks encountered an error while creating the storage pool.%n %nPhysical Disks:%n%1%0 |
0x00008017 | One or more physical disks encountered an error during addition to the storage pool.%n %nPhysical Disks:%n%1%0 | One or more physical disks encountered an error during addition to the storage pool.%n %nPhysical Disks:%n%1%0 |
0x00008018 | One or more physical disks encountered an error during removal from the storage pool.%n %nPhysical Disks:%n%1%0 | One or more physical disks encountered an error during removal from the storage pool.%n %nPhysical Disks:%n%1%0 |
0x00008019 | The storage pool does not have sufficient capacity to relocate data from the specified physical disks.%0 | The storage pool does not have sufficient capacity to relocate data from the specified physical disks.%0 |
0x00008020 | Free capacity by deleting unneeded virtual disks.%0 | Free capacity by deleting unneeded virtual disks.%0 |
0x00008021 | The Windows Storage Provider does not support shrinking virtual disks.%0 | The Windows Storage Provider does not support shrinking virtual disks.%0 |
0x00008022 | This operation cannot be performed with more than %1 physical disks. | This operation cannot be performed with more than %1 physical disks. |
0x00008023 | Add/Remove physical disks in batches after the initial operation completes.%0 | Add/Remove physical disks in batches after the initial operation completes.%0 |
0x00008024 | The disk associated with the virtual disk created could not be not found.%0 | The disk associated with the virtual disk created could not be not found.%0 |
0x00008025 | The parameters GptType, IsHidden, and IsDAX cannot be used on an MBR disk.%0 | The parameters GptType, IsHidden, and IsDAX cannot be used on an MBR disk.%0 |
0x00008026 | The parameters MbrType and IsActive cannot be used on a GPT disk.%0 | The parameters MbrType and IsActive cannot be used on a GPT disk.%0 |
0x00008027 | Removable media cannot be set to offline.%0 | Removable media cannot be set to offline.%0 |
0x00008028 | The operation requires that the disk is either RAW or GPT with only MSR partition.%0 | The operation requires that the disk is either RAW or GPT with only MSR partition.%0 |
0x00008029 | Clear the disk.%0 | Clear the disk.%0 |
0x00008030 | The partition is already the requested size.%0 | The partition is already the requested size.%0 |
0x00008031 | The volume cannot be extended. The number of clusters will exceed the maximum number of clusters supported by the file system.%0 | The volume cannot be extended. The number of clusters will exceed the maximum number of clusters supported by the file system.%0 |
0x00008032 | Only the first 2TB are usable on large MBR disks.%0 | Only the first 2TB are usable on large MBR disks.%0 |
0x00008033 | Convert the disk to a GPT layout in order to use capacity beyond 2TB.%0 | Convert the disk to a GPT layout in order to use capacity beyond 2TB.%0 |
0x00008034 | The size of the extent is less than the minimum of 1MB.%0 | The size of the extent is less than the minimum of 1MB.%0 |
0x00008035 | The specified shrink size is too big and will cause the volume to be smaller than the minimum volume size.%0 | The specified shrink size is too big and will cause the volume to be smaller than the minimum volume size.%0 |
0x00008036 | The specified shrink size is less than then minimum shrink size allowed.%0 | The specified shrink size is less than then minimum shrink size allowed.%0 |
0x00008037 | One or more physical disks encountered an error when gathering information on node %1.%n %nPhysical Disks:%n%2%0 | One or more physical disks encountered an error when gathering information on node %1.%n %nPhysical Disks:%n%2%0 |
0x00008038 | Check connectivity to the physical disks.%n | Check connectivity to the physical disks.%n |
0x00008039 | Enable Storage Spaces Direct if using local storage.%0 | Enable Storage Spaces Direct if using local storage.%0 |
0x00008040 | Cluster shared volume does not support drive letter.%0 | Cluster shared volume does not support drive letter.%0 |
0x00008041 | Use mount point.%0 | Use mount point.%0 |
0x00008042 | A warning or error has been encountered during storage firmware update.%n%n%1%0 | A warning or error has been encountered during storage firmware update.%n%n%1%0 |
0x00008043 | One or more physical disks host data for virtual disks that are either Simple or have lost redundancy.%n %nPhysical Disks:%n%1%0 | One or more physical disks host data for virtual disks that are either Simple or have lost redundancy.%n %nPhysical Disks:%n%1%0 |
0x00008044 | Attach all associated virtual disks.%0 | Attach all associated virtual disks.%0 |
0x00008045 | Repair associated virtual disks that have lost their redundancy.%0 | Repair associated virtual disks that have lost their redundancy.%0 |
0x00008046 | To continue with the operation use the 'IgnoreDetachedVirtualDisks' parameter. The associatedvirtual disks may be unable to attach until maintenance mode is disabled on these physical disks.%0 | To continue with the operation use the 'IgnoreDetachedVirtualDisks' parameter. The associatedvirtual disks may be unable to attach until maintenance mode is disabled on these physical disks.%0 |
0x00008047 | Check if you have the necessary privileges to perform the operation.%0 | Check if you have the necessary privileges to perform the operation.%0 |
0x00008048 | Perform the operation from Failover Cluster Manager if the resource is clustered.%0 | Perform the operation from Failover Cluster Manager if the resource is clustered.%0 |
0x00008049 | The storage node name needs to be specified.%0 | The storage node name needs to be specified.%0 |
0x00008050 | Choose a combination of FaultDomainAwareness and NumberOfDataCopies (or PhysicalDiskRedundancy) supported by the storage pool.%0 | Choose a combination of FaultDomainAwareness and NumberOfDataCopies (or PhysicalDiskRedundancy) supported by the storage pool.%0 |
0x00008051 | The virtual disk has lost data and cannot repair.%0 | The virtual disk has lost data and cannot repair.%0 |
0x00008052 | One or more physical disks encountered an error while repairing the virtual disk.%n %nPhysical Disks:%n%1%0 | One or more physical disks encountered an error while repairing the virtual disk.%n %nPhysical Disks:%n%1%0 |
0x00008053 | The storage pool could not relocate data from one or more physical disks.%n %nPhysical Disks:%n%1%0 | The storage pool could not relocate data from one or more physical disks.%n %nPhysical Disks:%n%1%0 |
0x00008054 | One or more physical disks host data for virtual disks that are detached.%n %nPhysical Disks:%n%1%0 | One or more physical disks host data for virtual disks that are detached.%n %nPhysical Disks:%n%1%0 |
0x00008055 | One or more physical disks are in the Primordial storage pool for which the operation is not supported.The operation might have succeeded for physical disks in a concrete storage pool.%0 | One or more physical disks are in the Primordial storage pool for which the operation is not supported.The operation might have succeeded for physical disks in a concrete storage pool.%0 |
0x00008056 | One or more physical disks host data for virtual disks that have a lower fault domain awareness than the fault domain object specified.%n %nPhysical Disks:%n%1%0 | One or more physical disks host data for virtual disks that have a lower fault domain awareness than the fault domain object specified.%n %nPhysical Disks:%n%1%0 |
0x00008057 | The physical disk must be in maintenance mode to perform this operation.%0 | The physical disk must be in maintenance mode to perform this operation.%0 |
0x00008058 | One or more virtual disks are not healthy.%n %nVirtual Disks:%n%1%0 | One or more virtual disks are not healthy.%n %nVirtual Disks:%n%1%0 |
0x00008059 | To continue with the operation do not use the 'VirtualDisksHealthy' flag.The associated virtual disks may be at a greater risk of becoming unavailable.%0 | To continue with the operation do not use the 'VirtualDisksHealthy' flag.The associated virtual disks may be at a greater risk of becoming unavailable.%0 |
0x00008060 | The specified storage fault domain object does not support maintenance mode.%0 | The specified storage fault domain object does not support maintenance mode.%0 |
0x00008061 | One or more physical disks encountered an error while enabling maintenance mode.%n %nPhysical Disks:%n%1%0 | One or more physical disks encountered an error while enabling maintenance mode.%n %nPhysical Disks:%n%1%0 |
0x00008062 | Check physical disk compatibility if using Storage Spaces Direct.%0 | Check physical disk compatibility if using Storage Spaces Direct.%0 |
0x00008063 | Detach associated virtual disks to offline data on them and retry the operation with the 'IgnoreDetachedVirtualDisks' parameter.The virtual disks may be unable to attach until maintenance mode is disabled on these physical disks.%0 | Detach associated virtual disks to offline data on them and retry the operation with the 'IgnoreDetachedVirtualDisks' parameter.The virtual disks may be unable to attach until maintenance mode is disabled on these physical disks.%0 |
0x00008064 | The cluster health resource was not found. This method requires the cluster health resource to be present.%0 | The cluster health resource was not found. This method requires the cluster health resource to be present.%0 |
0x00008065 | SBL failed to start the operation to change the disk write cache.%n%nPhysical disks:%n%1%0 | SBL failed to start the operation to change the disk write cache.%n%nPhysical disks:%n%1%0 |
0x00008066 | SBL failed to change the disk write cache operation mode.%n%nPhysical disks:%n%1%0 | SBL failed to change the disk write cache operation mode.%n%nPhysical disks:%n%1%0 |
0x00008067 | The file system on the volume is not supported for reports.%0 | The file system on the volume is not supported for reports.%0 |
0x05200000 | The operation was successful | The operation was successful |
0x85200001 | A general error occurred, not covered by a more specific error code. | A general error occurred, not covered by a more specific error code. |
0x85200002 | Access to a CIM resource is not available to the client. | Access to a CIM resource is not available to the client. |
0x85200003 | The target namespace does not exist. | The target namespace does not exist. |
0x85200004 | One or more parameter values passed to the method are not valid. | One or more parameter values passed to the method are not valid. |
0x85200005 | The specified class does not exist. | The specified class does not exist. |
0x85200006 | The requested object cannot be found. | The requested object cannot be found. |
0x85200007 | The requested operation is not supported. | The requested operation is not supported. |
0x85200008 | The operation cannot be invoked because the class has subclasses. | The operation cannot be invoked because the class has subclasses. |
0x85200009 | The operation cannot be invoked because the class has instances. | The operation cannot be invoked because the class has instances. |
0x8520000A | The operation cannot be invoked because the superclass does not exist. | The operation cannot be invoked because the superclass does not exist. |
0x8520000B | The operation cannot be invoked because an object already exists. | The operation cannot be invoked because an object already exists. |
0x8520000C | The specified property does not exist. | The specified property does not exist. |
0x8520000D | The value supplied is not compatible with the type. | The value supplied is not compatible with the type. |
0x8520000E | The query language is not recognized or supported. | The query language is not recognized or supported. |
0x8520000F | The query is not valid for the specified query language. | The query is not valid for the specified query language. |
0x85200010 | The extrinsic method cannot be invoked. | The extrinsic method cannot be invoked. |
0x85200011 | The specified extrinsic method does not exist. | The specified extrinsic method does not exist. |
0x85200014 | The specified namespace is not empty. | The specified namespace is not empty. |
0x85200015 | The enumeration identified by the specified context is invalid. | The enumeration identified by the specified context is invalid. |
0x85200016 | The specified operation timeout is not supported by the CIM Server. | The specified operation timeout is not supported by the CIM Server. |
0x85200017 | The Pull operation has been abandoned. | The Pull operation has been abandoned. |
0x85200018 | The attempt to abandon a concurrent Pull operation failed. | The attempt to abandon a concurrent Pull operation failed. |
0x85200019 | Using a filter in the enumeration is not supported by the CIM server. | Using a filter in the enumeration is not supported by the CIM server. |
0x8520001A | The CIM server does not support continuation on error. | The CIM server does not support continuation on error. |
0x8520001B | The operation failed because server limits were exceeded. | The operation failed because server limits were exceeded. |
0x8520001C | The CIM server is shutting down and cannot process the operation. | The CIM server is shutting down and cannot process the operation. |
0x85300002 | Unknown Error | Unknown Error |
0x85300007 | This operation is not supported on x86 running in x64 environment | This operation is not supported on x86 running in x64 environment |
0x85301001 | Size not supported | Size not supported |
0x85301002 | Timeout not supported | Timeout not supported |
0x85301003 | The device is busy | The device is busy |
0x85301004 | Job terminated | Job terminated |
0x85309C44 | An unexpected I/O error has occured | An unexpected I/O error has occured |
0x85309C45 | You must specify a size by using either the Size or the UseMaximumSize parameter.You can specify only one of these parameters at a time. | You must specify a size by using either the Size or the UseMaximumSize parameter.You can specify only one of these parameters at a time. |
0x85309C46 | The object or object type requested does not exist in cache. | The object or object type requested does not exist in cache. |
0x85309C4C | You may specify a write cache size by using either the WriteCacheSize or AutoWriteCacheSize parameter,but not both. | You may specify a write cache size by using either the WriteCacheSize or AutoWriteCacheSize parameter,but not both. |
0x85309C4E | You must specify the enclosure awareness (either the IsEnclosureAware or EnclosureAwareDefaultparameter) or the fault domain awareness (either the FaultDomainAwareness orFaultDomainAwarenessDefault parameter), but not both. | You must specify the enclosure awareness (either the IsEnclosureAware or EnclosureAwareDefaultparameter) or the fault domain awareness (either the FaultDomainAwareness orFaultDomainAwarenessDefault parameter), but not both. |
0x85309C4F | The provider does not support a value for fault domain awareness other than physical disk or storageenclosure. | The provider does not support a value for fault domain awareness other than physical disk or storageenclosure. |
0x8530A02E | A parameter is not valid for this type of partition | A parameter is not valid for this type of partition |
0x8530A03A | The specified object is managed by the Microsoft Failover Clustering component.The disk must be in cluster maintenance mode and the cluster resource status must be online toperform this operation. | The specified object is managed by the Microsoft Failover Clustering component.The disk must be in cluster maintenance mode and the cluster resource status must be online toperform this operation. |
0x8530A03B | The specified object is managed by the Microsoft Failover Clustering component.The disk must be removed from the cluster to perform this operation. | The specified object is managed by the Microsoft Failover Clustering component.The disk must be removed from the cluster to perform this operation. |
0x8530A7F9 | The specified file system is not supported. | The specified file system is not supported. |
0x8530A7FA | The volume cannot be quick formatted. | The volume cannot be quick formatted. |
0x8530A7FD | The cluster size must be a multiple of the disk's physical sector size. | The cluster size must be a multiple of the disk's physical sector size. |
0x8530A7FE | Cannot perform the requested operation when the drive is read only. | Cannot perform the requested operation when the drive is read only. |
0x8530A7FF | The repair failed. | The repair failed. |
0x8530A800 | The scan failed. | The scan failed. |
0x8530A802 | A scan is already running on this drive. Chkdsk can not run more than one scan on a drive at a time. | A scan is already running on this drive. Chkdsk can not run more than one scan on a drive at a time. |
0x8530A805 | Cannot open drive for direct access. | Cannot open drive for direct access. |
0x8530A806 | Cannot determine the file system of the drive. | Cannot determine the file system of the drive. |
0x8530A807 | This setting may not be changed due to the group policy setting. | This setting may not be changed due to the group policy setting. |
0x8530A808 | This setting may not be changed due to the global registry setting. | This setting may not be changed due to the global registry setting. |
0x8530A809 | You must specify a name for this volume. | You must specify a name for this volume. |
0x8530A80A | You must specify a file server to expose this volume to. | You must specify a file server to expose this volume to. |
0x8530A80B | The volume is not exposed to the specified file server. | The volume is not exposed to the specified file server. |
0x8530A80C | Deduplication feature is not available. | Deduplication feature is not available. |
0x8530A80D | Deduplication is not enabled for the volume. | Deduplication is not enabled for the volume. |
0x8530B3B7 | This subsystem is already registered with another user's credentials. Use the -Force flag toremove the existing registration and add a new one anyway. | This subsystem is already registered with another user's credentials. Use the -Force flag toremove the existing registration and add a new one anyway. |
0x8530B3BC | Failed to offline the storage object in Failover clustering. | Failed to offline the storage object in Failover clustering. |
0x8530B79A | The operation could not be completed because the associated subsystem has stopped functioning. | The operation could not be completed because the associated subsystem has stopped functioning. |
0x8530BB8A | You must specify the size info (either the Size or UseMaximumSize parameter) or the tier info (theStorageTiers and StorageTierSizes parameters), but not both size info and tier info. | You must specify the size info (either the Size or UseMaximumSize parameter) or the tier info (theStorageTiers and StorageTierSizes parameters), but not both size info and tier info. |
0x8530BB8B | The storage pool could not complete the operation because the health or operational status of one ormore virtual disks in it does not permit it. | The storage pool could not complete the operation because the health or operational status of one ormore virtual disks in it does not permit it. |
0x8530C351 | Could not repair the virtual disk because too many physical disks failed. Not enough informationexists on the remaining physical disks to reconstruct the lost data. | Could not repair the virtual disk because too many physical disks failed. Not enough informationexists on the remaining physical disks to reconstruct the lost data. |
0x8530C353 | The virtual disk could not complete the operation because its health or operational status doesnot permit it. | The virtual disk could not complete the operation because its health or operational status doesnot permit it. |
0x8530C73F | One or more physical disks could not be removed. The policy on this storage pool requires a minimumnumber of physical disks to remain present. | One or more physical disks could not be removed. The policy on this storage pool requires a minimumnumber of physical disks to remain present. |
0x8530CF08 | The initiator address specified is not valid. | The initiator address specified is not valid. |
0x8530DAC1 | The Storage Tiers Management service detected that the specified volume is in the process of beingdismounted. | The Storage Tiers Management service detected that the specified volume is in the process of beingdismounted. |
0x8530DAC4 | The specified storage tier could not be found on the volume. Confirm that the storage tier name isvalid. | The specified storage tier could not be found on the volume. Confirm that the storage tier name isvalid. |
0x8530E293 | At least one account name needs to be specified. | At least one account name needs to be specified. |
0x8530E294 | You must specify an access right. | You must specify an access right. |
0x8530E295 | The specified user account could not be found. | The specified user account could not be found. |
0x8530E678 | Failed to communicate with cluster health resource. | Failed to communicate with cluster health resource. |
0x90000001 | Microsoft-Windows-StorageManagement | Microsoft-Windows-StorageManagement |
0xB0000001 | %1%n%2(%3) | %1%n%2(%3) |
0xB0000002 | %1 %2%n%3(%4) | %1 %2%n%3(%4) |
0xB0000004 | An error has occurred during method execution.%n%nClass:%t%t%1%nMethod:%t%t%2%nError Code:%t%3%nError Message:%n%n%4 | An error has occurred during method execution.%n%nClass:%t%t%1%nMethod:%t%t%2%nError Code:%t%3%nError Message:%n%n%4 |
0xB0000005 | An error has occurred during method execution.%n%nClass:%t%t%1%nMethod:%t%t%2%nError Code:%t%3 | An error has occurred during method execution.%n%nClass:%t%t%1%nMethod:%t%t%2%nError Code:%t%3 |
0xB0000006 | The Windows Storage Provider host service failed to start.%n%nError Code: %1%n | The Windows Storage Provider host service failed to start.%n%nError Code: %1%n |
File Description: | WMI Provider for Storage Management |
File Version: | 10.0.15063.0 (WinBuild.160101.0800) |
Company Name: | Microsoft Corporation |
Internal Name: | STORAGEWMI.DLL |
Legal Copyright: | © Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. |
Original Filename: | STORAGEWMI.DLL.MUI |
Product Name: | Microsoft® Windows® Operating System |
Product Version: | 10.0.15063.0 |
Translation: | 0x413, 1200 |